You are on page 1of 308

Institute of Legal Studies

Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs)


The Graduates will be able to

1. Apply possessed knowledge of fundamental subjects to solve different


problems with sound reasoning of law, management and humanities.

2. Study law from an extensive catalogue of optional subjects, covering the


entire range of legal knowledge and analyze various research and legal problems
by analytical reasoning or interpretation of law.

3. Understand the justice delivery system, law in action and law in books.

4. Apply student‘s analytical and research skills, equipping them with generic
skills they will need in their future careers in different professions.

5. Exhibit professional ethics and good managerial behavior and observe the legal
code of conduct. Students will specialize in drafting various documents containing
agreements, terms and conditions, case material, etc.

6. Function individually and in teamwork for betterment of society and also


able to understand the working of courts, arbitration courts, international courts
and arbitration events.
BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
7. Use of modern tools, resources and software while making researches.

8. Communicate effectively in both verbal and written forms and develop


disciplinary approach to legal study and will be encouraged to reflect on the
complexity of legal practice.

9. Analyze and understand change in regard to rule of law, economic reforms,


human rights, women‘s right, rights of children and disadvantaged segments of
the population.

10. Develop critical and contextual approaches across a vide variety of legal
subject matter.

11. Develop the skill of writing good dissertation and research paper in national
and international journals.

12. Practice the use of lifelong learning by advicing clients in civil and criminal
cases as well as in teaching profession.

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
STUDY & EVALUATION SCHEME
(Effective from the session 2019-2020)

B.A. LL.B (Hons.)


I Year: I Semester

S. Subject
Subject L T P CIE ESE Total C
No. Code
THEORY
1. BHU1001 Functional English 3 0 - 40 60 100 3
2. BCS1002 Computer Foundation Course 3 0 - 40 60 100 3

BLA1004 Law of Contract-I 4 1 - 40 60 100 4


3.
Law of Tort and Consumer 40 60
4. BLA1005 4 1 - 100 4
Protection Act, 1986
BHU1009 Essentials of Sociology 4 1 - 40 60 100 4
5.
Basic Principles of Political 40 60
6. BHU1011 4 1 - 100 4
Science and Governance
--- Minor I - Paper – I 4 1 - 40 60 100 4
7.

PRACTICAL/TRAINING/PROJECT
8. BHU1501 English Language Lab - - 2 80 20 100 1
9. BCS1503 Computer Foundation Lab - - 2 80 20 100 1
Total 26 5 4 440 460 900 28

L - Lecture
T - Tutorial
P - Practical
CIE - Continuous Internal Evaluation
ESE - End Semester Exam
C - Credit

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
STUDY & EVALUATION SCHEME
(Effective from the session 2019-2020)

B.A. LL.B (Hons.)


I Year: II Semester

S. Subject
Subject L T P CIE ESE Total C
No. Code
THEORY

1. BES2001 Environmental Studies 2 0 - 20 30 50 2


2. BHU2001 Advanced Functional English 3 0 - 40 60 100 3
3. BLA2004 Law of Contract-II 4 1 - 40 60 100 4
Theoretical Perspectives of
4. BHU2009 4 1 - 40 60 100 4
Sociology
5. BHU2010 Indian Government and Politics 4 1 - 40 60 100 4
6. --- Minor I - Paper – II 4 1 - 40 60 100 4
PRACTICAL/TRAINING/PROJECT
7. BLA2501 Practical legal Exposure-I 0 0 0 100 - 100 1
Total 21 4 - 320 330 650 22
Court-Internship-Corporate Legal Training- 5 weeks

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
STUDY & EVALUATION SCHEME
(Effective from the session 2019-2020)
B.A. LL.B (Hons.)
II Year: III Semester

S. Subject Tota
Subject L T P CIE ESE C
No. Code l
THEORY
Social Organizations in
1. BHU3011 4 1 - 40 60 100 4
India
2. BHU3012 International Relations 4 1 - 40 60 100 4
3. BLA3006 Law of Constitution-I 4 1 - 40 60 100 4
4. BLA3007 Law of Crime-I 4 1 - 40 60 100 4
5. BLA3008 Family Law-I (Hindu Law) 4 1 - 40 60 100 4
6. --- Minor I - Paper-III 4 1 - 40 60 100 4
PRACTICAL/TRAINING/PROJECT
Comprehensive Viva on
7. BLA3502 - - 2 50 50 100 2
Internship-I
8. BLA3503 Practical legal Exposure-II 0 0 0 100 - 100 1
Total 24 6 2 390 410 800 27

University Mandatory Non-Credit Course


1. XHUX601 Human Values and Ethics 2 - - 100 - 100 0

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
STUDY & EVALUATION SCHEME
B.A. LL.B (Hons.)
(Effective from the session 2019-2020)
II Year: IV Semester

S. Subject Tota
Subject L T P CIE ESE C
No. Code l
THEORY
1. BLA4009 Legal Language 4 1 - 40 60 100 4
2. BLA4005 Law of Constitution – II 4 1 - 40 60 100 4
3. BLA4006 Law of Crime-II 4 1 - 40 60 100 4
4. BLA4007 Family Law-II (Muslim Law) 4 1 - 40 60 100 4
5. BHU4017 Political Ideologies 4 1 - 40 60 100 4
PRACTICAL/TRAINING/PROJECT
6. BSS4501 Soft Skill 0 0 2 100 - 100 1
7. BLA4502 Practical Legal Exposure-III 0 0 0 100 - 100 1
Total 20 5 2 400 300 700 22
Court-Internship-Corporate Legal Training- 5 weeks

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
STUDY & EVALUATION SCHEME
(Effective from the session 2019-2020)

S. Subject
B.A. LL.B (Hons.)
Subject L Semester
III Year: V T P CIE ESE Total C
No. Code
THEORY
1. BLA5006 Jurisprudence-I 4 1 - 40 60 100 4
2. BLA5011 Criminal Procedure Code-I 4 1 - 40 60 100 4
3. BLA5008 Labour Law-I 4 1 - 40 60 100 4
4. BLA5009 Law of Evidence 4 1 - 40 60 100 4
5. BHU5013 Public Administration 4 1 - 40 60 100 4
PRACTICAL/TRAINING/PROJECT
Comprehensive Viva on
6. BLA5502 - - 2 50 50 100 2
Internship-II
7. BSS5501 Soft Skill - - 2 100 - 100 1
8. BLA5504 Practical Legal Exposure IV 0 0 0 100 - 100 1
Total 20 5 4 450 350 800 24

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
STUDY & EVALUATION SCHEME
III Year: VI Semeste (Effective from the session 2019-2020)

B.A. LL.B (Hons.)


S. Subject III Year: VI Semester
Subject L T P CIE ESE Total C
No. Code
THEORY
1. BHU6012 Indian Political Thought 4 1 - 40 60 100 4
2. BLA6006 Jurisprudence-II 4 1 - 40 60 100 4
3. BLA6008 Labour Law-II 4 1 - 40 60 100 4
Property Law (Transfer of
4. BLA6009 property Act,1882 and Law of 4 1 - 40 60 100 4
Easement)
5. BLA6011 Criminal Procedure Code-II 4 1 - 40 60 100 4
6. ---- Elective-I 4 1 - 40 60 100 4
PRACTICAL/TRAINING/PROJECT
7. BLA6503 Moot Court-I - - 4 50 50 100 4
8. BLA6504 Practical legal Exposure-V 0 0 0 100 - 100 1
Total 24 6 4 390 410 800 29
Court-Internship-Corporate Legal Training- 5 weeks

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
STUDY & EVALUATION SCHEME
(Effective from the session 2019-2020)

B.A. LL.B (Hons.)


S. Subject
Subject
IV Year:L VII Semester
T P CIE ESE Total C
No. Code
THEORY
International
1. BLA7001 4 1 - 40 60 100 4
Environmental Law
2. BLA7002 U.P. Land Laws 4 1 - 40 60 100 4
3. BLA7003 Company Law 4 1 - 40 60 100 4
4. BLA7004 Code of Civil Procedure 4 1 - 40 60 100 4
5. ---- Elective-II 4 1 - 40 60 100 4
PRACTICAL/TRAINING/PROJECT
6. BLA7501 Moot Court-II - - 4 50 50 100 4
Comprehensive Viva on
7. BLA7502 - - 2 50 50 100 2
Internship –III
Practical Legal Expose-
8. BLA7504 0 0 0 100 - 100 1
VI
Total 20 5 6 400 400 800 27

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
STUDY & EVALUATION SCHEME
(Effective from the session 2019-2020)

B.A. LL.B (Hons.)


S. Subject Tota
IV Year: VIIIL Semester
Subject T P CIE ESE C
No. Code l
THEORY
1. BLA8003 Law of Taxation 4 1 - 40 60 100 4
Arbitration and Alternative
2. BLA8005 4 1 - 40 60 100 4
Dispute Resolution
3. BLA8006 Human Rights Law 4 1 - 40 60 100 4
4. BLA8007 Interpretation of Statutes 4 1 - 40 60 100 4
5. ---- Elective III 4 1 - 40 60 100 4
PRACTICAL/TRAINING/PROJECT
6. BLA8501 Moot Court-III - - 4 50 50 100 4
7. BLA8503 Practical legal Exposure-VII 0 0 0 100 - 100 1
Total 20 5 4 350 350 700 25
Court-Internship-Corporate Legal Training- 5 weeks

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
STUDY & EVALUATION SCHEME
(Effective from the session 2019-2020)

B.A. LL.B (Hons.)


S. Subject
Subject V Year: IX
L Semester
T P CIE ESE Total C
No. Code
THEORY
Drafting, Pleading and
1. BLA9005 4 1 - 40 60 100 4
Conveyancing
2. BLA9006 International Trade Law 4 1 - 40 60 100 4
Law of Economic
3. BLA9007 4 1 - 40 60 100 4
Legislation
4. BLA9008 Corporate Laws 4 1 - 40 60 100 4
5. ---- Elective-IV 4 1 - 40 60 100 4
PRACTICAL/TRAINING/PROJECT
6. BLA9501 Moot Court-IV - - 4 50 50 100 4
Comprehensive Viva on
7. BLA9502 - - 2 50 50 100 2
Internship-IV
Practical Legal Exposure-
8. BLA9504 0 0 0 100 - 100 1
VIII
Total 20 5 6 400 400 800 27

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
STUDY & EVALUATION SCHEME
(Effective from the session 2019-2020)

B.A. LL.B (Hons.)


V Year: X Semester

S. Subject
Subject L T P CIE ESE Total C
No. Code
THEORY
1. BLA0001 Public International Law 4 1 - 40 60 100 4
2. BLA0003 Professional Ethics 4 1 - 40 60 100 4
3. BLA0005 IPR Management 4 1 - 40 60 100 4
4. -- Elective-V 4 1 - 40 60 100 4
5. -- Elective-VI 4 1 - 40 60 100 4
PRACTICAL/TRAINING/PROJECT
Practical Legal Exposure-
6. BLA0502 0 0 0 100 - 100 1
IX
Total 20 5 - 300 300 600 21

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
STUDY & EVALUATION SCHEME
(Effective from the session 2019-2020)

B.A. ELECTIVE-I
LL.B (Hons.)
S. No. Subject Subject Code Semester

1. Administrative Law BLA6101 VI


2. International Organizations BLA6103 VI

ELECTIVE-II

S. No. Subject Subject Code

1. Criminology Penology and Vicitimology BLA7101 VII


2. Legal Method BLA7102 VII

ELECTIVE-III

S. No. Subject Subject Code

1. Military Law BLA8101 VIII


2. Law Relating to Women and Child BLA8103 VIII

ELECTIVE-IV

S. No. Subject Subject Code

1. Cyber Laws BLA9101 IX


2. White Collar Crimes BLA9102 IX
BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
ELECTIVE-V

S. No. Subject Subject Code

1. Right to Information Act, 2005 BLA0101 X


2. Media Law BLA0102 X

ELECTIVE-VI

S. No. Subject Subject Code

1. Banking and Insurance Laws BLA0201 X


2. Election Law BLA0202 X

MINOR-I (Specialization)

ENGLISH (EG)
S. No. Subject Code Subject Semester

1. BHU1001-EG Drama & Expression I

2. BHU2001-EG Law and Literature II

3. BHU3001-EG Reading for Pleasure and Thought III

PSYCHOLOGY (SY)
S. No. Subject Code Subject Semester

1. BHU1001-SY Foundation of Psychology I

2. BHU2001-SY Social Psychology II

3. BHU3001-SY Psychopathology III

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
ECONOMICS (EC)
S. No. Subject Code Subject Semester

1. BEM1001-EC Applied Micro Economics I

2. BEM2001-EC Macro Economics II

3. BEM3001-EC Indian Economy III

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
B.A. LL.B. (H)
Program Specific Outcomes (PSOs)
INSTITUTE: ILS DEPARTMENT: LAW
COURSE: B.A. LL.B.(H)

The graduates will be able to-


PSO1- Apply their knowledge in the domain of psychology and computer
applications and learn the applicability of the rules of english language. Students
will be able to develop effective communication skills and examine the
development of the Indian legal system and other core areas of law including
environment and economics.

PSO2- Develop fundamental understanding of the principles, concepts, values and


the exercise of rights and duties flowing from substantive, commercial,
international and social welfare legislations. Students will be able to apply
computer knowledge and inculcate human values and ethics. Students will be able
to understand the economic system of the country and learn communication and
expression skills.

PSO3- Learn the procedural and substantive laws and analyze the applicability of
various procedural and substantive laws and the specific law relating to advocates.
The students will be able to interpret statutes and examine the effectiveness of the
laws.

PSO4- Gain best education, training and knowledge resources for the preparation
of the skillful legal minds and professionals of tomorrow. To enable the students to
get practical experience for presenting and arguing cases and preparing case briefs
and observe the code of conduct in legal profession and follow business ethics.

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
B.A. LL.B. (HONS.)
I Year I SEMESTER
Functional English
BHU-1001
L T P C
3 0 0 3
(36 Hours)
Course Learning Objectives:
 To improve students‘ written and oral communication skills in English.
 To help them acquire professional and interpersonal skills to attain both their career and
organization needs.
 To make the students apply effective communication skills in a variety of public and
interpersonal settings.
 To help the students to develop reasoning, analytical and research skills.

UNIT-I: (8 HOURS)

Common Errors related to various Parts of Speech—Noun, Pronoun, Adjective, Adverbs,


Preposition, Conjunction, Articles, etc.; Verbs & Verbal‘s, Time and Tense, Tense Sequence,
and Conditionals.

UNIT-II: (8HOURS)

READING COMPREHENSION AND PROFESSIONAL WRITINGS


Reading Comprehension, Précis Writing and Expansion, Note Making &Note
Taking;Paraphrasing, Letter Writing,Job Application,Press Notes, ShortReports (Letter and
Memo form of Report), Article Writing.

UNIT-III: (7 HOURS)

COMMUNICATION BARRIERS AND VOCABULARY BUILDING


Communication Skills &Barriers, Organization of Speech,Developing Conversational Ability;
The Process of Listening, Types of Listening; Vocabulary Building—Word Formation, One-
word Substitution, Antonyms, and Synonyms.

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
UNIT-IV: (7 HOURS)

BODY LANGUAGE AND PROFESSIONAL ETIQUETTES


Personal appearance, Body Language at Job Interview, Time Management, Dos‘ & Don‘ts of
Interview, Proxemics, Chronemics, Olfactics; Basic Etiquettes, Telephone Etiquettes, Telephone
Language, Interview Etiquettes/Skills, Attentiveness, Meeting & Greeting, Introducing Yourself,
Personality Traits.
UNIT-V: (6 HOURS)

SPEECH DELIVERY AND PRESENTATION SKILLS


Group Discussion, Extempore,Debate, Situational Conversation; Presentation Strategies:
AudienceAnalysis, Locale, Planning/Making PPT, Speech Delivery, etc.

Text Books
T1: Ramesh, G. and Ramesh, M. ―The ACE of Soft Skills: Attitude, Communication and
Etiquette for Success‖ Pearson Education India, 2010
T2: Raman, M. and Sharma, S. ―Technical Communication: Principles and Practice‖ Oxford
University Press.
T3: Sinha, R.P. ―Current English Grammar and Usage with Composition‖ Oxford University
Press, New Delhi
T4: Kaul, A. ―Business Communication‖ (2nd Edition) PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

R1. Lesiker, R.V. et al., ―Business Communication‖, Tata Mc-Graw Hill


R2. Brians, P. ―Common Errors in English Usage‖, Franklin, Beedle& Associates, 2003
R3. Nitin, B. ―Communicative English for Engineers and Professionals‖, Pearson Education
India, 2010
R4. Bakshi, R.N. ―A Course in English Grammar‖, Orient Longman

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): On completion of this course, the students will be
able to:
CLO Description Bloom’s
Taxonomy Level

CLO1 Recall the basics ofgrammar without error. The students


parts of speech and avoid the common 1,1,2,3
will list the usage of
errors in spoken and written communication. The students
will summarize and develop the appropriateness of grammar Remembering,
in speech and writing and use English language correctly
and effectively. Understanding, Apply

CLO2 Develop information learnt about communication to become


a good communicator. The students will examine the types, 3,4,5 Applying,
flows and levels of communication and effectively judge an
appropriate level of communication developing Analyzing,
interpersonal skills. The students will be acquainted with
LSRW (Listening, Speaking, Reading and Writing) skills as Evaluating
well.

CLO3 Apply the knowledge to differentiate between the process of


listening and hearing. The students will examine accurate 3,4,5
way of communicating effectively by becoming an effective
Applying,
listener as well. The students will evaluate a well equipped
communication channel by not only becoming a good Analyzing,
speaker but also a good listener and will be well acquainted
with LSRW (Listening, Speaking, Reading and Writing) Evaluating
skills.

CLO4 Apply the usage of reading and writing skills and analyze
the importance of both the skills to make process of 3,4,5
communication successful to improve language
Applying,
comprehension ability. The students will determine an
accurate way to share their views and ideas in a professional Analyzing,
and competent manner by acquainting themselves with
LSRW (Listening, Speaking, Reading and Writing) skills. Evaluating

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs

Course Program Learning Outcomes Program


(PLOs)
Learning Specific
Outcome
Outcomes
s
(PSOs)

PLO10

PLO11

PLO12
PLO1

PLO2

PLO3

PLO4

PLO5

PLO6

PLO7

PLO8

PLO9

PSO1

PSO2

PSO3

PSO4
CLO1 M L M M M M H M M

H
M M M M M H M H M
CLO2

H
H H H H M M H M H M
CLO3

H
H H H H M M H M H M
CLO4

H: High M: Medium L: Low

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Computers- Foundation Course
BCS1002
L T P C
3 0 0 3
Course Learning Objectives:

 To analyze the need for data organization.


 To develop the understanding of software concept.
 To Understand Basics of internet.
 To analyze word, power point and excel concept.

UNIT - I (08
Hours)
Basics of Computer and its Evolution: Definition of Computer, Data and Information,
Characteristics of computers, Advantages and Limitations of computer, Different Generation of
computers various fields of computer, Block diagram of computer, Function of different units of
computer, Classification of computers, Number Systems and their Inter-conversion.

UNIT - II (08
Hours)
Input and Output Devices: Keyboard, Mouse, Joystick, Digitizer, Scanner and its types, Touch
Screen, Monitor, Printer and it‘s type, Plotter and its use.
Computer Memory: Primary Memory (ROM and it‘s types – PROM, EPROM, EEPROM,
RAM) Secondary memory- SASD and DASD Concept, Magnetic Disks, Hard disks, CD &
DVD, flash memory.

UNIT - III (08


Hours)
Operating System Concept: Introduction to operating system; Function of OS, Types of
operating systems, Introduction to windows operating system and android.
Disk Operating System: DOS and its need, History of DOS, GUI and CUI, Sub-directory,
Internal and external Commands.

UNIT - IV (07
Hours)
Concept of Data Communication and Networking: Networking concepts, Types of Networks
(LAN, MAN, WAN), Simplex, Half Duplex and Full Duplex, Internet, Intranets, Extranets,
Topology, Types of Topology.

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
UINT-V (06
Hours)
Different Topics of Computer: Software, Types of software, Computer Languages, History of
Computer Language, Types of Computer Language, Compiler and Interpreter, File System,
Database management concepts,

TEXT BOOKS:

T1. Thareja, ―Computer Fundamental & Programming in C‖, Oxford University Press.
T1. P.K. Sinha, ―Computer Fundamentals‖, BPB Publication.
T2. Turban, Rainer and Potter (2003). ―Introduction to Information Technology‖. John Wiley
& Sons.
REFERENCE BOOKS:

R1. Quantum, ―MS Office Project‖, Pearson Education.


R1. Silberschatz, Galvin and Gagne, ―Operating Systems Concepts‖, Wiley.
R2. Elmasri, Navathe, ― Fudamentals of Database Systems‖, Pearson Education.
R3. A.S. Tanenbaum, ―Computer Networks‖, Pearson Education.

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): On completion of this course, the students will be
able to:
CLO Description Bloom’s
Taxonomy Level

CLO1 Recall all the concept of internet, Analyzing the role 1,2, 4,
of data and information . Remembering,
Understanding,
Analyzing,

CLO2 Understand the concepts of IPO cycle 2, 4


Analyze input, output components.
Understanding,
Analyzing

CLO3 Applying word processing concepts ,power point concepts. 3, 4


Analyze animation features and components.
Applying,
Analyzing

CLO4 Understand spreadsheet envinorment 2, 3, 4,


Analyze chart and table data. Applying formula to sort Understanding,
and filter data. Applying,
Analyzing

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs

Program Learning Program Specific


Outcomes (PLOs) Outcomes(PSOs)

Course

Learnin
g

PLO10

PLO11

PLO12
PLO1

PLO2
PLO3

PLO4

PLO5

PLO6

PLO7

PLO8

PLO9

PSO1

PSO2

PSO3

PSO4
Outcome
s

L M L
CLO1

M M M
CLO2

H M M
CLO3

L M H L
CLO4

H: High M: Medium L: Low

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
LAW OF CONTRACT- I
BLA 1004
L T P C
4 1 0 4
Course Learning Objective: (48 Hours)
 To analyze how contract is formed and its essentially.
 To develop the understanding of eligibility to contract and the validity of
contract.
 To know the modes of discharge of contract..
 To examine the remedies available for breach of contracts

UNIT - I (12 Hours)

 Formation of Contract - Agreement and Contract - Definitions -Offer/Proposal and


Acceptance: Definition, Communication, General/Specific offer, cross offer, counter offer,
Invitation of treat - Tenders
 Consideration – Nudum Pactum - Essential elements – No consideration No contract
 Privity of contract - Unlawful Consideration and its effect.

UNIT - II (12 Hours)

 Capacity to Contract - Minor's Agreements and its effects – Persons of unsound mind -
Persons disqualified by Law.
 Free Consent - Coercion - Undue influence - Misrepresentation - Fraud - Mistake - Legality
of Object - Void Agreements – Agreements against Public Policy - Wagering Agreements -
Its exceptions - Contingent Contracts.
 Effect of void, voidable, valid, illegal, unlawful and uncertain agreement/contracts

UNIT – III (12 Hours)

 Discharge of Contracts and its various Modes - by performance - By operation of Law


 Doctrine of frustration (Impossibility of Performance)
 Breach – Anticipatory breach and Actual breach

UNIT - IV (12 Hours)

 Quasi Contract (Section 68-72)


BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
 Remedies for Breach of Contracts – Damages –Types of damages- Remoteness of
damages.
 Quantum Meruit.

TEXT BOOKS:

T1. Singh Avtar,Law of Contract,11th edition, Eastern Book Co, 2013.


T2 R.K Bangia, ―Law of Contract- I‖, Allahabad Law Agency, 2015.
T3 S.S. Srivastava, ―Law of Contract- I & II‖,5th edition, Central Law Publication, 2015.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
R1. Pollock & Mulla.:―Indian Contract Act‖, Sultan Chand, New Delhi
R2. Anson, ―Law of Contract‖ Universal Publication, Delhi
R3. Stephen A. Smith/ Atiya, ―Law of Contract‖, Asia Law House.

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): On completion of this course, the students will be able
to:

CLO Description Bloom’s


Taxonomy Level

CLO1 By the end of this course, the students will be able to 1, 2, 4,6
tell the essentials of contracts. Interpret and discuss
the importance of Consideration – Nudum Pactum and Remembering,
analyze the effects of Privity of contract. Understanding,
Analyzing, Create

CLO2 The students will be able to tell and review the validity 1,2, 4, 5, 6
of contract. They will be able to test the Capacity to
Contract. Student will evaluate and discuss the effect of Remembering,
void, voidable, valid contracts. Understanding,
Analyzing,
Evaluating, Create

CLO3 The students will be able to summarise the different 1,2, 3, 4,6
modes of discharge of contract. The students will be
able to use the different doctrines of contract as practicing Remembering,
lawyers. It will enable them to discuss and differentiate Understanding,
between Anticipatory breach and Actual breach and tell Applying,
its effect. Analyzing, Create

CLO4 The students will be able to tell the forum and the cases 1,2,3,6
under which remedy for breach of contract will be available.
Enable them to identify the validity of Quasi contract. The Remembering,
students will be able to calculate and discuss the damages Understanding,
for Breach of Contracts Applying,
Create

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs

Program Program Specific


Learning Outcomes(PSOs
Outcomes (PLOs) )
Course

Learning

PLO10

PLO11

PLO12
PLO1

PLO2

PLO3

PLO4

PLO5

PLO6

PLO7

PLO8

PLO9

PSO1

PSO2

PSO3

PSO4
Outcomes

CLO1 H H L H M M M
H H L M

CLO2 L H L H M M M
M

CLO3 H H M L L H M M M

CLO4 H H L H M M M
M

H: High M: Medium L: Low

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
LAW OF TORT AND CONSUMER PROTECTION ACT, 2019
BLA 1005
L T P C
4 1 0 4
Objective: (48 Hours)
 To understand the general principles of tort
 To examine the basic essentials of a tort
 To explain general principles of tortuous liability and defenses available
 To analyze the Object and scope of Consumer Protection Act, 2019 and know the
forum and remedies available under the act

UNIT – I (12 Hours)


 Development of Law of Torts in England and in India.
 Legal Remedy-Ubi jus ibi remedium
 Nature and definition of torts.
 Essentials of Tort
 Act and omission, Legal damages.

UNIT – II (12 Hours)


 Act of God
 Inevitable Accident
 Plaintiff the wrong doer
 Volenti non fit injuria
 Strict Liability
 Absolute Liability
 Vicarious Liability
UNIT – III (12 Hours)

 Concept of Negligence, Res ipsa loquitor, Contributory negligence


 Concept of Nuisance
 Torts against person: Torts affecting body- Assault, Battery, False Imprisonment,
 Defamation
 Torts affecting reputation-Libel and Slander
 Torts affecting freedom-Malicious Prosecution
UNIT - IV (12 Hours)

 Object and scope of Consumer Protection Act and rights of Consumers, challenges faced
by consumers in the digital age.
 Definition- Consumer, Unfair Trade Practice, Defect in goods, Deficiency in service,
Consumer Dispute
BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
 Consumer Protection Councils under the Consumer Protection Act, 2019.
 Enforcement of Consumer Rights through filing complaint and its procedure
 Redressal mechanism under the Consumer Protection Act, 2019; The District Forum, The
State Commission; The National Commission.
TEXT BOOKS:

T1. Ratanlal and Dhirajlal, Law of Torts, Nagpur:Wadhwa and co.


T2. R.K.Bangia, Law of Torts, Allahabad law Agency
T3. Avtar Singh, Introduction to the Law of Torts and Consumer Protection,3rd ed., Lexis
Nexis Butterworth's Wadhwa Nagpur, 2013
T4. Singh Gurubax, Law of Consumer Protection, Jaipur: Bharat Law Publications
T5. Dr. D.N. Saraf, Law of Consumer Protection in India, Chawla Publication

REFERENCE BOOKS:
R1. Salmond&Heuston-Law of Torts, Universal Publication, Delhi, 2000.
R2. Winfield &Jolowiz on Tort; 19thed.,Sweet and Maxwell, London
R3. Hepple and Mathews, Tort: Cases and Materials, Nexis Butterworth's Wadhwa Nagpur
R4. P.K.Majumdar, The Law of Consumer Protection in India, 1998 Orient Publishing Co.
Delhi

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO):On completion of this course, the students will be able
to:
CLO Description Bloom’s
Taxonomy
Level

CLO1 By the end of this course, the students will be able to tell 1, 2, 3, 4, 5
Meaning of Tort, Development of Law of Torts in England
and in India Demonstrate the understanding of Legal Remembering,
Remedy-Ubi jus ibiremedium. Will be able to interpret Understanding,
Nature and definition of torts and differentiate between law Apply,
of tort and law of torts. Evaluate the importance of law of Analyzing,
tort and Act and omission, Legal damages etc. Evaluating

CLO2 The students will be able to interpretgeneral defenses of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5


torts and point out defense of Act of God and Inevitable
Accident and differentiate between two. Will be able to Remembering,
elaborate plaintiff the wrong doer and volenti non fit injuria. Understanding,
The Students will be able to exhibit and evaluate the Apply,
doctrine of Strict Liability, Absolute Liability, and Vicarious Analyzing,
Liability. Evaluating

CLO3 The students will be able to state Concept of Negligence, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5


Res ipsa loquitor, Contributory negligence and illustrate
Concept of Nuisance. The students will be able to Remembering,
determine the Torts against person: Torts affecting body- Understanding,
Assault, Battery, False Imprisonment, and critically Apply,
evaluate &examine the Defamation, Torts affecting Analyzing,
reputation-Libel and Slander and Torts affecting freedom- Evaluating
Malicious Prosecution.
CLO4 The students will be able to explain the object and scope of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5
Consumer Protection Act the rights of Consumers and challenges
faced by consumers in the digital age. & tell the definition- Unfair Remembering,
Trade Practice, Defect in goods, Deficiency in service, Consumer Understanding,
Dispute and apply the Enforcement of Consumer Rights through Apply,
filing complaint and its procedure. The students will be able to Analyzing,
analyze the constitution, jurisdiction and function of the Consumer Evaluating
Protection Councils under the Consumer Protection Act, 2019.
Evaluate the constitution, jurisdiction and function of Redressal
mechanism under the Consumer Protection Act, 2019; The District
Forum, The State Commission; The National Commission.

Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs:

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Program Program Specific
Learning Outcomes(PSOs)
Outcomes
Course (PLOs)

Learning

PLO10

PLO11

PLO12
PLO1

PLO2

PLO3

PLO4

PLO5

PLO6

PLO7

PLO8

PLO9

PSO1

PSO2

PSO3

PSO4
Outcomes

H M M H H M H L
CLO1

H M M H H M H L
CLO2

H M M H H M H L
CLO3

H M M H H M H L
CLO4

H: High M: Medium L: Low

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Essentials of Sociology
BHU1009
LT P C
41 0 4
Course Learning Objectives:
 To demonstrate the students with Sociology as a social science and its distinctiveness.
 It is to be organized in such a way that even students without any previous exposure
to Sociology could develop an interest in the subject and follow it.
 To make students illustrate the existing social institutions with in which they are also
playing a role.
 To make them capable of analyzing,examining,and evaluating the developmental
policies and programmes.

Unit-I: The nature of sociology


The meaning, scope and the nature of sociology, the sociological perspective, sociology and
Social sciences, the scientific and humanistic orientations to sociological study.

Unit-II: Basic concepts


Society, community, institution, association, group, social structure, status and role,etc.
Institutions, religion, education.The individual and society, culture, and socialization, relation
between individual and society, social control: norms, values, and sanctions.

Unit-III: Social stratification and mobility


Meaning, forms, and theories, Social change Meaning and type: evolution and revolution,
progress and development, factors of social change.

Unit-IV: The uses of sociology


Introduction to applied sociology, sociology and social problems, sociology and social change,
sociology and social policy and action, sociology and Development, sociology and professions.
Unit-V: Social Institutions & Sanctions
Family , Kinship, Social Control: norms, values and sanctions.

TEXT BOOKS:

T.1- VidyaBhushanSachdeva- Fundamentals to Sociology,KitabMahal


T.2- Jayaram, N. 1988.Introductory sociology. Madras: Macmillan India.
T.3- Harlambos, M. 1998. Sociology: Themes and perspectives. New Delhi:
OxfordUniversity Press.
T.4- Inkeles, Alex. 1987. What is sociology? New Delhi: Prentice-Hall of India.
REFERENCE BOOKS:

R.1- Bottomore, T.B. 1972. Sociology: A guide to problems and literature. Bombay:
GeorgeAllen and Unwin (India).
R.2- Harlambos, M. 1998. Sociology: Themes and perspectives. New Delhi:
OxfordUniversity Press..
BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
R.3- Johnson, Harry M. 1995. Sociology: A systematic introduction. New Delhi:
AlliedPublishers.
R.4- Schaefer, Richard T. and Robert P.Lamm. 1999. Sociology. New Delhi: Tata-McGraw
Hill.

Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): On completion of this course, the students will be able
to:
CLO Description Bloom’s
Taxonomy Level
CLO1 Explain Sociology: Meaning, scope and the nature of, the 2, 4, 6
sociological perspective,Distinguishing Sociology and Understanding
other Social sciences, Critically analyzing the scientific Analyzing,
Evaluating
and humanistic orientations to Sociological study.

CLO2 Outlining Society and its features,Community,Comparing 2,5, 4,


Institution, and Association,Group, Examining Social Understanding,
structure, Status and role. Evaluating
Analyzing
CLO3 Explaining the meaning,type,forms,and theories,of Social 2,3, 5,
change:Applying Evolution theory to understand social Understanding,
development,and revolution,Critical evaluation of progress Applying
and development, factors of social change.
Evaluating
Introduction to Applied Sociology, Finding out
relationships betweenSociology and social problems, 4,5
CLO4 Sociology and social change,Evaluating the role of Analyzing
Sociology and social policy and action,Sociology and
Development,Sociology and professions. Evaluating,

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs

Program Program Specific


Learning Outcomes(PSOs)
Outcomes
Course (PLOs)

Learning

PLO10

PLO11

PLO12
PLO1

PLO2

PLO3

PLO4

PLO5

PLO6

PLO7

PLO8

PLO9

PSO1

PSO2

PSO3

PSO4
Outcomes

L H M M H L H H M
CLO1 H H M M H M M

M M H H H L H H L
CLO2 H M M M M M M

H M L M H H
CLO3 M H M H H M M H H M

H H M H H M M M M
CLO4 M H H H H M H

H: High M: Medium L: Low

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
BASIC PRINCIPLES OF POLITICAL SCIENCE & GOVERNANCE

BHU1011
LTPC

4104

Course Learning Objectives:

 To develop a clear understanding of the key concepts of political theories.

 To enhance the ability to generate personal approach on different aspects of Political


Science.

 To inculcate in students a critical awareness about different forms of Government, their


structure and functions.

 To develop a proper understanding of the implications of the changing nature of the


principles of political science.

UNIT- 1

Introduction to Political Science - Meaning, Nature & scope of Political Science ; Methods of
Study- Political Science and allied disciplines - Political Science & History - Political Science &
Economics - Political Science & Sociology - Political Science & Geography - Political Science &
Anthropology - Political Science & Jurisprudence - Political Science & Ethics.

Approaches to Political Analysis - Traditional approachs, Modern approach‘s,Behavioralism ,


Post-behavioralism , Systems approach - Structural functional analysis , Marxist approach.

UNIT-2
Theories of Origin of State – Divine, Force, Social Contract and Evolutionary theory, State and
Nation, Sovereignty, Power and Authority.

UNIT-3

Citizenship and Rights and Liabilities, Equality and Justice, Democracy and Dictatorship
Welfare State.

UNIT-4

Form of Government and Classification of Governments-Traditional and Modern,


Constitution and constitutionalism: Separation of Powers ;Unitary and Federal Governments,
Parliamentary and presidential Governments, Political Parties and Public Opinion
BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Amal Ray &Mohit Bhattacharya, Political Theory: Ideas & Institutions, The World
Press Pvt. Ltd., Kolkata
2. A. Appadurai, The Substance of Politics, Oxford University Press, New Delhi, 2000.
3. O. P. Gauba, An Introduction to Political Theory, MacMillan, New Delhi, 2009.
4. A. C. Kapoor, Principles of Political Science, S. Chand & Co., New Delhi, 2008. 64
5. Ernest Barker, Principles of Social and Political Theory, Surjit Publications, New Delhi, 2005.
6. Sabine, George, History of Political Theory, Oxford IBH Publishers, New Delhi, 1973
7. L. S. Rathore and Haqqui, Political Theory and Organization, EBC, Lucknow, 1988
(reprint 2006)
8. R,E,Goodin (Editor) The Oxford Handbook of Political Thought, Oxford University Press,
2008.
9. S. Ramaswamy Political Theory, Idea and conceptsMcmillan,India
10. Catriona Mckinnon; Issues in Political Theory (Oxford)
11. KennithNerrton and Jan W Van DeltFoundations of Comparative Polity ( Cambridge)

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO)
On completion of this course, the students will be able to:
CLO Description Bloom’s
Taxonomy Level

CLO1 Explain the Introduction to Political Science - Meaning, 2,3,4,5,6


Identify the Nature & scope of Political Science ; Inspect
the various methods of Study- Interpret the relations Understanding
between Political Science and allied disciplines - Political Applying
Science & History - Political Science & Economics -
Political Science & Sociology - Political Science & Analyzing
Geography - Political Science & Anthropology - Political
Evaluating
Science & Jurisprudence - Political Science & Ethics.
Evaluate and Imagine the multiple approaches to Political Creating
Analysis - Traditional approaches, Modern approach‘s,
Behavioralism , Post-behavioralism , Systems approach -
Structural functional analysis , Marxist approach

CLO2 Explain and Justify the given theories of Origin of State – 2,5,4
Divine, Force, Social Contract and Evolutionary theory,
Distinguish between State and Nation, Interpret the idea of Understanding
Sovereignty, Determine the concept of Power and Evaluate Evaluating
the nature and validity of Authority.
Analyzing

CLO3 Explain the idea of Citizenship and Determine the concept 2,5,4,6Understanding
of Rights and Assess and Distinguish the idea of Liabilities,
Equality and Justice, Evaluate Justify, and Formulate Evaluating
Democracy and Dictatorship Welfare State. Creating

CLO4 Explain, Identify the different form of Government and the 2,3,5,6,
classification of Governments-Traditional and Modern,
Assess the idea of Constitution and constitutionalism: Understanding,Applying
Separation of Powers ; Interpret and Distinguish between Evaluating,Creating
Unitary and Federal Governments, Parliamentary and
presidential Governments, Elaborate the idea of Political
Parties and Construct the Public Opinion

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs

Program Program Specific


Learning Outcomes(PSOs
Outcomes )
Course (PLOs)

Learning

PLO10

PLO11

PLO12
PLO1

PLO2

PLO3

PLO4

PLO5

PLO6

PLO7

PLO8

PLO9

PSO1

PSO2

PSO3

PSO4
Outcomes

M M M M M M L M M
CLO1

M M M M M L L M M H
CLO2

M M H M M M M M M M H M M
CLO3

M M M M M H M M M M M H H L
CLO4

H: High M: Medium L: Low

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
DRAMA AND EXPRESSION

BHU1001-EG
L T P C
4 1 0 4
Course Learning Objectives:
 To develop reading, writing and communication skills by way of relevant texts with
special reference to law.
 To introduce students the significance of literature in life and its application in law field.
 To understand human attitude, emotions, psychology and behavior through literature.
 To develop critical thinking and literary and legal sensibility.
 To understand, analyze, and critically appreciate courtroom drama.

UNIT-I INTRODUCTION TO DRAMA (10 Hours)

• Origin and development


• Elements and forms
• Drama and communication
• Performing Street plays
• Law through theatre
• John Galsworthy‘s Justice

UNIT-II (18 Hours)


SENSITIZING THROUGH DRAMA: SCENES FROM SELECTED PLAYS
• Court scenes in William Shakespeare‘s The Merchant of Venice
• Grave-digger scene from William Shakespeare‘s Hamlet
• Scenes from George Ryga‘s The Ecstasy of Rita Joe
• Scenes from Vijay Tendulker‘s Silence! The Court is in Sessions
• Scenes from R.P. Singh‘s The Flea Market

UNIT– III THE CURTAIN RAISERS: SELECT ONE ACT PLAYS (20 Hours)

• A.A. Milne‘s The Man in the Bowler Hat


• Gertrude Jennings‘ Five Birds in a Cage
• St. John Hankin‘s The Constant Lover
• R.P. Singh‘s A Scientist E
• Bhartendu Harishchand‘s „Andher Nagri Chaupat Raja‟ English translation by R.P. Singh

TEXT BOOK:

T1. Shakespeare, William (2004) ‗The Merchant of Venice‘, Penguin Books


T2. Galsworthy, John (2008) ‗Justice‘, Read Books.
BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
T3. Milne, A.A. (2011) ‗The Man in the Bowler Hat‘, S.French
T4. Jennings, G.E. (1915) ‗Five Birds in a Cage‘, S.French
T5. Ryga, George (1970) ‗The Ecstasy of Rita Joe‘ Talon Books

Course Learning Outcomes (CLO)

On completion of this course, the students will be able to:

CLO Description Bloom’s


Taxonomy Level

CLO1 Classify the genres and literary devices implemented in the 2,3,4
drama and identify law through drama. The students will be Understanding,
able to compare different genres of drama and correlate it
with life and society. Applying,

Analyzing,

CLO2 Develop an insight into nature and the law of nature. The 3,4,5
students will be able to analyze and explain the concept of Applying,
Ecocriticism and how nature plays a vital role in shaping an
individual‘s life. Analyzing,

Evaluating

CLO3 Examine laws through the socio-political scenario of society 4,5,6


as reflected in the dramas. The students will be able to Analyzing,
evaluate the purpose of dramas in understanding the legal
themes and design an idea respectively. Evaluating,

Creating

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs

Course Program Learning Outcomes (PLO’s)

Learning

PSO1

PSO2

PSO3

PSO4
PLO1 PLO2 PLO3 PLO4 PLO5 PLO6 PLO7 PLO8 PLO9 PLO10 PLO11 PLO12
Outcomes

CLO1 M M M M M M M

CLO2 M M M H M H H H H M

CLO3 M M M M H M H H H H M

H: High M: Medium L: Low

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
FOUNDATIONS OF PSYCHOLOGY
BHU 1001-SY
LT P C
41 0 4
Course Learning Objectives:

 To understand basic concepts, biological processes, and research methods of psychology.


 To understand various theories of learning and the mechanism of motivation.
 The course also enables students to develop an insight into their own and others‘
behaviour and underlying mental processes like sensation ,perception and attention.
 To understand the basic concept of personality and its application in their life.

UNIT-I: (10
Hours)

Introduction: Nature and scope of psychology, Methods: experimental, observation,


questionnaire and interview. Perspectives: Psychodynamic, behaviourist, humanistic and
cognitive.

Biological bases of Behaviour: Genes, glands and hormones; Nervous system Neurons and
Synapses, Central Nervous System and Peripheral Nervous system.

Consciousness: Nature of consciousness; Changes in consciousness, Daydreaming, sleep


anddreaming, meditation.

UNIT-II: Learning and Motivation (10


Hours)

Nature of Learning; Classical and Operant Conditioning: Principles/processes, Applications;


Cognitive influences on learning; Observational Learning; Biological constraints in learning
Punishment, Pros and Cons of Punishment. Process Generalization, Discrimination, Shaping,
Chaining, Schedules of Reinforcement, Insight Learning, Social and cognitive learning theory.

Characteristics of motivated behavior, Functions of motivational concepts, Perspectives on


Motivation, Types of Motivations, Motivational Conflicts
UNIT-III: Sensation, Attention and Perception (10
Hours)

Sensory and perceptual processes: Visual and auditory senses: Structure and
functions. Attention: Nature, types and determinants. Perception: Nature and determinants;
Perceptual organization; Form, space and depth perception and illusion.

UNIT-IV: Personality and Self (10


Hours)

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Nature of Personality; Psychodynamic theories; Type and trait theories; Humanistic theories;
Social learning and Cognitive theories; Culture and Personality; Self and identity in Indian
thought; Personality Assessment

TEXT BOOK:

T1. Morgan, C.T., King, R.A., Weiss, J.R, and Schopler, J. (1993). Introduction to
Psychology. New York: Tata McGraw Hill.
T2. Richard Gerrig and Philip Zimbardo (2007).Psychology and life. Pearson/Allen and
Bacon.
T3. Passer, M.W. & Smith, R.E. (2007). Psychology: The Science of Mind and
Behaviour(3rd Ed.). New Delhi: Tata McGraw-Hill.
T4. Feldman, R.S., (2009). Essentials of Understanding Psychology. New Delhi: Tata
McGraw-Hill.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

R1. Ciccarelli, S.K., & Meyer, G.E. (2008). Psychology.(South Asian Edition). India:
Pearson Education Inc.
R2. Eysenck, M.W., (2009). Fundamentals of Psychology.Slovenia:Psychology Press.

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Course Learning Outcomes(CLO)
On completion of this course, the students will be able to:
CLO Description Bloom’s Taxonomy
Level

CLO1 Introduction: Explain Nature and scope of psychology, 1,2, 4,


Illustrate Methods: experimental, observation, questionnaire
and interview. Perspectives: Psychodynamic, behaviourist, Remembering,
humanistic and cognitive.Biological bases of Behaviour: Understanding,
Define Genes, glands and hormones; Examine Nervous Analyzing
system. Neurons and Synapses, Central Nervous System and
Peripheral Nervous system.. Consciousness: Explain Nature
of consciousness; Examine Changes in consciousness,
Daydreaming, sleep and dreaming, meditation.

CLO2 Illustrate Nature of Learning; Discuss Classical and Operant 2 , 5,


Conditioning: Principles/processes, Applications; Cognitive 1,4Understanding,
influences on learning; Observational Learning; Biological Evaluating ,
constraints in learning Punishment, Pros and Cons of Remembering,
Punishment. Define Generalization, Discrimination, Shaping, Analyzing
Chaining, Schedules of Reinforcement, Insight Learning,
Explain Social and cognitive learning theory. Outline the
Characteristics of motivated behavior, Functions of
motivational concepts, Illustrate Perspectives on Motivation,
Distinguish Types of Motivations, Illustrate Motivational
Conflicts

CLO3 Sensory and perceptual processes: Illustrate Visual and 2, 4,5,6


auditory senses: Structure and functions. Define Attention:
Examine Nature, types and determinants. Define Understanding,
Perception: Examine Nature and determinants; Perceptual Analyzing ,Evaluating,
organization; Illustrate Form, space and depth perception Creating
and illusion.

CLO4 Nature of Define Personality; Examine Psychodynamic 1,5,2,


theories; Differentiate Type and trait theories; Explain
Humanistic theories; Explain Social learning and Cognitive Remembering,
theories; Examine Culture and Personality; Identify role of Evaluating,
Self and identity in Indian thought; Illustrate Personality Understanding
Assessment.

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs

Program Program Specific


Learning Outcomes(PSOs)
Course Outcomes (PLOs)
Learning

PLO10

PLO11

PLO12
PLO1

PLO2

PLO3

PLO4

PLO5

PLO6

PLO7

PLO8

PLO9

PSO1

PSO2

PSO3

PSO4
Outcomes

CLO1 M M L H L M L H M M L L L L M H

CLO2 H H L M L M L H M M H L L M L H

CLO3 M H L H M H M L M M L H M L L H

CLO4 L M L H L M M L L M L L L L M H

H: High M: Medium L: Low

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
APPLIED MICRO ECONOMICS
BEM1001-EC

L T P C
4 1 0 4
(40 Hours)
Course Learning Objectives:

 To Understand the concepts and principles of managerial economics


 To analyze the consumer behaviour and its effect on business.
 To Analyze the theory of the firm and laws related to it.
 To understand the concept of market and analyze the various forms of market structure.

UNIT - I (6 Hours)
Introduction to applied micro economics:
Nature, Scope and Significance of Business Economics; Role of Business Economist;
Relationship of Business Economics with other branches of Knowledge. Objectives of the firm.
Concepts of demand, supply and equilibrium price and quantity. Restoration of equilibrium after
price shocks.

UNIT - II (12 Hours)


Theory of consumer behaviour:
Demand function and demand; factors affecting demand; Law of Demand; Elasticity of Demand:
Concept and Measurement; Price, Income, Cross and Advertising Elasticity; Significance of
Elasticity of Demand.

Demand forecasting techniques.


Utility, Total, Marginal and Average Utility. Diminishing Marginal Utility and Equi-Marginal
Utility; Marginal rate of substitution; Indifference Maps- Meaning, properties and determination
of Consumer‘s Equilibrium; Consumer‘s Surplus.

UNIT – III
(12Hours)
Theory of the firm:
Concept of Production function; Laws of Variable Proportion; Average, Total and marginal
product; Returns to Scale; Cobb-Douglas and CES forms of production functions; Isoquant
Maps; Marginal Rate of Technical Substitution; firm equilibrium by output maximization;
Marginal Revenue and Elasticity of demand.
Cost functions; Total, Average and Marginal Costs; Economies of Scale; firm equilibrium and
cost minimization.

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
UNIT - IV (10
Hours)
Different types of Market structures:
Concept; types of markets; Perfect Competition, Monopoly, Monopolistic Competition and
Oligopoly; characteristics and price determination under each structure.
Cost-Volume-Profit analysis.
Product-life-cycle and pricing.

TEXT BOOK:

T1. D.N. Dwivedi, ―Managerial Economics‖, Vikas Publishing House (2008), 7th edition

REFERENCE BOOKS:

R1. Mithani, D. M.; ―Managerial Economics- Theory and Application‖, Himalaya Publishing
House, Mumbai, fifth Revised Edition, 2009
R2. Maheshwari, K. L. & Varshney, R. L.; ―Managerial Economics‖, 18th Revised Edition
and Enlarged Edition, 2004, Sultan Chand and Sons, New Delhi
R3. Gitika, Ghosh Piyali & Choudhary P.R., ―Managerial Economics‖, TMH, New Delhi, 3rd
reprint 2010.

Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): On completion of this course, the students will be able
to:
CLO Description Bloom’s
Taxonomy Level
CLO1 Understand the basic concepts and principles of 2,4
managerial economics, and analyze them
Understand,
Analyze
CLO2 Understand the law & elasticity of demand , Apply the 2, 3, 4
different methods for valuation of elasticity of demand.
Understand, Apply,
Analyze the concept of indifference curve .
Analyze
CLO3 Understand the concepts of production & cost , Analyze 2, 4
the various types of cost and cost curves.
Understand,
Analyze

CLO4 Understand the meaning and various concepts of market 2, 4


and market structure, Analyze the various forms of market
Understand,
structure.
Analyze

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs

Program Program Specific


Learning Outcomes(PSO
Course Outcomes (PLOs) s)
Learning

PLO10

PLO11

PLO12
PLO1

PLO2

PLO3

PLO4

PLO5

PLO6

PLO7

PLO8

PLO9
Outcomes

PSO1

PSO2

PSO3

PSO4
CLO1 M L

CLO2 M L

CLO3 M L

CLO4 M L

H: High M: Medium L: Low

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Computer foundation lab
BCS1503
L T P C
0 0 2 1
Course Learning Objectives: s

 To analyze the need for peripheral devices of computer system.


 To develop the understanding of software concept.
 To Understand Basics of MS.Office.
 To analyze word, power point and excel concept.

Lab 1- Introduction to Peripheral Devices of Computer


Lab 2- Introduction to Windows, Software, Start Menu, Desktop etc
Lab 3- Working with Note Pad, Word Pad, Paint and Accessories options
Lab 4- Introduction to Internet and surfing
Lab 6- Introduction to Control Panel and Options
Lab 5- Introduction in DOS Commands
Lab 7- Working with MS Word
Lab 8- Working with PowerPoint
Lab 9- Working with MS Excel
Lab 10- Creation of a Database Using MS Excel

REFERENCE BOOKS:

R1. Quantum, ―MS Office Project‖, Pearson


R2. Microsoft Word 2003 Step By Step (PHI Pvt. Ltd.).
R3. Microsoft Excel 2003 Step By Step (PHI Pvt. Ltd.).
R4. Microsoft PowerPoint2003 Step By Step (PHI Pvt. Ltd.).

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): On completion of this course, the students will be able to:
CLO Description Bloom’s
Taxonomy Level

CLO1 Recall and understand all the concept of peripheral 1,2, 4


devices, Analyzing the role of data and information . Remembering,
Understanding,
Analyzing,
CLO2 Understand the concepts of MS.Office 2, 4
Analyze input, output components. Understanding,
Analyzing
CLO3 Applying word processing concepts ,power point concepts. 3, 4 Applying,
Analyze animation features and components. Analyzing

CLO4 Understand spreadsheet environment 2, 3, 4


Analyze chart and table data. Applying formula to sort Understanding,
and filter data. Applying,
Analyzing

Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs

Course Program Program Specific


Learning
Learning Outcomes (PSOs)
Outcomes (PLOs)
Outcomes
PLO10

PLO11

PLO12
PLO1
PLO2
PLO3

PLO4

PLO5

PLO6

PLO7

PLO8

PLO9

PSO1

PSO2

PSO3

PSO4
CLO1 H L M

CLO2 H L M M

CLO3 H L L M

CLO4 H L L M

H: High M: Medium L: Low

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
ENGLISH LANGUAGE LAB
BHU-1501
L T P C
0 0 2 1
Course Learning Objectives:
 To develop effective communication skills, team spirit, leadership quality, presentation skills,
interpersonal skills and professional etiquette.
 To improve accent, intonation, pronunciation and overall language skills.
 To organize language workshops or activities to enhance confidence in group discussion, debate,
speaking, public speaking, situational conversation, mock interviews, etc.
 To design suitable activities and create environment to boost up confidence and effective
communication skills

LIST OF ACTIVITIES

1. PRONUNCIATION PRACTICE (2 lab days)


i. Sounds of English
ii. Syllable
iii. Accent
iv. Intonation
v. Common Errors in Pronunciation
vi. Pronunciation Practice

2. SPEAKING PRACTICE (2 lab days)


i. Phenomenon Description
ii. Live commentary
iii. Process Description
iv. Routine and Properties
v. Future Plans
vi. Story Telling

3. PRESENTATION (2 lab days)


i. Use of Power Point Presentation
ii. Salient Features of Effective PPT
iii. Slide Making
iv. Delivery
v. Practice
4. PUBLIC SPEECH (1 lab
day)
i. Use of Public Speech
ii. Salient Features of an Effective Speech
iii. General Challenges
iv. Audience Analysis
v. Persuasion Techniques: Ethos, Pathos, Logos
vi. Body Language, Tone, and Delivery
BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
vii. Speech Practice

5. INTERVIEW (1 lab
day)
i. Making an Effective CV
ii. Preparation for an Interview
iii. Interview Etiquettes
iv. Most Common Interview Questions
v. Mock Interview

6. GROUP DISCUSSION (2 lab


days)
i. Purpose
ii. GD Etiquettes
iii. Rules and Techniques
iv. GD Practice

7. DEBATE (1 lab
day)
i. Purpose
ii. Rules and Techniques
iii. Debate Practice

8. SITUATIONAL CONVERSATION (2 lab


days)
i. At Hotel
ii. At the Air-Port
iii. At Bank
iv. At Shop
v. At Workplace

TEXT BOOKS:

Beebe, S.A.et al. ―Communication: Principles for Lifetime‖(3rd edition), Pearson


T1.
Raman, M. and Sharma, S. ―Technical Communication: Principles and Practice‖
T2.
Oxford University Press
T3. Sethi, J. and Dhamija, P.V. ―A Course in Phonetics and Spoken English‖(2nd
Ed.),PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd
REFERENCE BOOKS:

R1. Hencock, M. ―English Pronunciation in Use‖, Cambridge University Press.


R2. Carter, R. “Seeing Through Language: A Guide to Styles of English Writing‖,
Blackwell
Publications,
R3. Balasubramanian, T. ―A Textbook of Phonetics for Indian Students‖, Macmillan

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
R4. Humes, J.C.―Speak Like Churchill, Stand Like Lincoln: 21 Powerful Secrets of
History's Greatest Speakers‖,Three Rivers Press
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): On completion of this course, the students will be able to:
CLOs Description Bloom‘s Taxonomy
Level
2
CLO1 Show confidence in group discussion, debate, speaking, public
Understanding
speech, situational conversation, etc.
2, 3
CLO2 Identify and demonstrate effective communication skills, team
Understanding,
spirit, leadership quality, presentation skills, interpersonal skills
Applying
and professional etiquette.
4, 5
CLO3 Take part in group discussion, debate and interviews
Analysing,
comfortably and confidently; influence the public with
Evaluating
professional competence.
6
CLO4 Improve accent, intonation, diction and overall communication
Creating
and presentation skills; adapt themselves to new situations or as
per the need of organization.

Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs


Course Program Learning Program Specific
Outcomes (PLOs)
Learnin Outcomes (PSOs)
g
PLO10

PLO11

PLO12
PLO1
PLO2

PLO3

PLO4

PLO5

PLO6

PLO7

PLO8

PLO9

PSO1

PSO2

PSO3

PSO4
Outcome
s

CLO1 L M M M M H M L M M H

CLO2 M M M M L H H L M M H

CLO3 L M M H M H M L M M H

CLO4 M L M M M H H L M M H

H: High M: Medium L: Low

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
B.A. LL.B. (HONS.)
I Year II SEMESTER
ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES

BES 2001
L T P C

2 0 0 2

Course Learning Objectives

To tell some introductory knowledge on concepts and general principles regarding environment.

To illustrate role of education, religions, cultures, movements and sustainable developmental


activities in ecological preservation.

To aim at understanding the sources, effects and control measures of pollution of air, water,
land, noise, solid wastes and also creating awareness on globally recognized environmental
challenges.

To examine the role of ways, legal methods and accountabilities in safeguarding environment.

UNIT-I: (08
Hours)

FUNDAMENTALS OF ENVIRONMENT

Definition, scope and importance of environmental studies. Concept of ecology and ecosystem-
structure and function of ecosystem, types of ecosystem, degradation of ecosystem. Food chain,
Food Web, Ecological Pyramids, Ecological Succession, Energy flow in ecosystem.

Biodiversity – Issues and challenges, biogeographic classification of India, endangered and


endemic species of India. In situ and ex situ conservation of biodiversity.

Sustainable Development - Definition, Components, Objectives.

UNIT-II: (08
Hours)

NATURAL RESOURCES & THEIR MANAGEMENT

Types – renewable and non renewable resources. Renewable resources – water, mineral, forest,
land, food and energy resources. Availability, Applications, problems, environmental effects and
conservation of each type of resource.

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Role of an individual in conservation of resources and its equitable use for sustainable
development. Need for public Awareness.

UNIT-III: (06 Hours)


ENVIRONMENTAL POLLUTION

Causes and effect of - air pollution, water pollution, soil pollution, marine pollution, noise
pollution and thermal pollution.
Solid waste management – its causes and effects, of urban and industrial waste. Introduction to
disaster management.

UNIT-IV: (08
Hours)

SOCIAL ISSUES AND ENVIRONMENT

Basics of - Climate Change, Global Warming, Ozone Depletion & Acid Rain. Population
Explosion & its consequences, Urbanization - Urban problems related to energy. Water
conservation, rainwater harvesting. Conservation ethics and tradition value system of India,
resources for future generation. Environmental Values – equitable use of resources. Environment
and human health – environmental health, water related diseases, infectious diseases, chemicals
in food.

UNIT V (06
Hours)

ENVIRONMENTAL LEGISLATION & INTERNATIONAL EFFORTS

Introduction to - Environment Protection Act-1986, Air (prevention and control of pollution)


Act-1981, Water (prevention and control of pollution) Act-1974, Wildlife Protection Act and
Forest conservation Act. Pollution Control Boards & their Functions.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Text book of environmental studies for undergraduate courses – Erach Bharucha


(University Press pub.)
2. Environmental Status of India by Sukumar Devotta and CV Chalapati Rao (Atlantic
Publishers and Distributors P Ltd.)
3. Environmental Impact Assessment Methodologies – Y. Anjaneyulu and Valli Manickam
(BS Publication)
4. Environmental Pollution Control Engineering – CS Rao (New Age International Pub.)

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Course Learning Outcome (CLO): After completing this course, our students will be able to-

Bloom’s
CLO Description Taxonomy
Level

CLO1 Recall, analyze and respond on the basic understanding of 1, 4


their environmental complexes.
Remembering, Analyzing

Understand and analyze the ways education, social 2, 4


CLO2 movements and fair developmental practices help in
Understanding, Analyzing
maintaining ecological balance.

Understand and analyze various aspects of deteriorating 2, 4


CLO3 environmental components and also prevailing
Understanding, Analyzing
environmental threats.

Interpret and elaborate various tools viz. policies, 5, 6


CLO4 rules/acts, mechanisms, compliances, institutions/agencies in
Evaluating, Create
securing the planet.

Mapping of PLOs and CLOs:

Programme Learning Outcomes (PLO) Programme Specific


Course Outcomes
Specific
(PSO)
Outcomes
PLO10

PLO11

PLO12
PLO1

PLO2

PLO3

PLO4

PLO5
PLO6
PLO7
PLO8

PLO9

(CLO) PSO PSO2 PSO3


1

CLO1 M M M L M M - M - M M - -

CLO2 M H M L H L M M - - H M

CLO3 M H - - H L M M M H M

CLO4 - - L H - H - M H M - - H

H:High; M:Medium; L:Low

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Advanced Functional English
BHU-2001

L T P C
3 0 0 3
(36 Hours)

Course Learning Objectives:


 To get students proficient in drafting and editing of business letters and inter-official
correspondence documents.
 To improve their oral and written communication and make it more impressive and
comprehensive.
 To improve their reasoning and logical skills in finding out solutions to certain problems.
 To help the students to learn the basics of phonetics.

UNIT-I: (10
HOURS)

APPLIED GRAMMAR AND VOCABULARY BUILDING


Phrase, Clause, Sentence, Transformation.
Word formation (borrowing, clipping, blending, acronyms, compounding, conversion,
backformation and affixation) Antonyms, Synonyms, and Homophones, Proverbs, Idioms, and
Foreign Expressions, One Word Substitution.

UNIT-II: (10
HOURS)

BUSINESS CORRESPONDENCE AND REPORT WRITING


Business Correspondence (Letter of Sales, Credit, Enquiry, Quotation, Order, Complaint,
Adjustment; Circulars, and Memos); Meeting Etiquettes—Drafting Notices, Agenda, Minutes; E-
mail writing, Drafting and editing of CV/Résumé, Covering Letter
Report: Types, Features, Forms and Structure.
UNIT III: (08 HOURS)

DATA INTERPRETATION

Reading of Articles Featuring Graphs, Interpretation of the Graph, Understanding the


Terminology, Use of Comparatives, Matching a Pictorial Representation to a Verbal Description,
Reading and Interpretation of Articles and Brochures Related to Business, Reading of Clippings
from Business Newspapers.
BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
UNIT-IV: (08 HOURS)

BASICS OF PHONETICS
Organs of Speech, Sounds of English (RP): Vowels and consonants, Syllable, Word Stress,
Common Errors in Pronunciation.

Text Books

T1. Sinha, R.P. ―Current English Grammar and Usage with Composition‖ Oxford University
Press, New Delhi
T2. Sethi, J. and Dhamija,P.V. ―A Course in Phonetics and Spoken English‖ (2nd Ed.)PHI
Learning Pvt. Ltd.
T3. Raman, M. and Sharma, S. ―Technical Communication: Principles and Practice‖ Oxford
University Press.

Reference Books

R1. Sharma, R.C. and Krishna, M. ―Business: Correspondence and Report Writing‖, Tata
McGraw Hill, 3rd Edition
R2. Pal, R. ―Business Communication‖, Sultan Chand & Sons Publication
R3. Nitin, B. ―Communicative English for Engineers and Professionals‖, Pearson Education
India, 2010
R4. Straus, J. ―The Blue Book of Grammar and Punctuation‖, John Wiley & Sons, 2011
R5. Aarts, B. ―Oxford Modern English Grammar‖, Oxford University Press, 2011

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO)On completion of this course, the students will be able
to:

CLO Description Bloom’s Taxonomy


Level

CLO1 List and explain the applied grammar and vocabulary Level 1,2Remembering,
building through worksheets and exercises. Understanding

CLO2 Apply the art of writing good letter, drafting certain technical Level 3,4
documents. They will examine and analyze the format and Applying, Analyzing
content of technical documents.

CLO3 Develop an insight to review data. The students will compare Level 3,4,5 Applying,
and evaluate the data. Analyzing, Evaluating

CLO4 Analyze the basic knowledge of Phonetics- IPA Sounds, Level 4,5,6Analyzing,
Speech and its production, Syllable division. The students will Evaluating, Creating
evaluate and design the same.

Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs


Program Program Specific
Learning Outcomes(PSOs)
Outcomes (PLOs)
Course

Learning
PLO10

PLO11

PLO12
PLO1

PLO2

PLO3

PLO4

PLO5

PLO6

PLO7

PLO8

PLO9

PSO1

PSO2

PSO3

PSO4
Outcomes

M H H
CLO1 H M M

M M H M H
CLO2 M M M H M

M M M
CLO3 M M M H H H M

M M H M H
CLO4 M M M M

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
LAW OF CONTRACT-II
BLA 2004
L T P C
4 1 0 4
Course Learning Objective: (48 Hours)

To understand the contract of indemnity and guarantee and differentiate between them

To state the the concept of bailment and pledge demonstrate the rights and duties of
bailor and bailee
To recognize the concept of agency and discuss the right and duties of agent and principal
To examine the specific relief and understand the various modes of remedies.

UNIT - I (12 Hours)

 Contract of Indemnity and Guarantee (Sec.124-147)


 Indemnity & Guarantee-the Concept, Definition, Nature and Scope Rights of indemnity
holder - Commencement of the Indemnifier‘s liability
 Distinction between indemnity and Guarantee
 Right/Duties of Indemnifier, Indemnified and Surety
 Extent of Surety's liability - Co-surety
 Discharge of Surety's liability
 Kinds of Guarantee.

UNIT - II (12 Hours)

 Bailment and Pledge (Sec. 148-171 and Sec.172-181)


 Contract of Bailment - Definition - Kinds - Duties and Rights of Bailer and Bailee
 Rights of finder of goods as Bailee
 Contract of pledge - Definition - Comparison with Bailment - Rights and
 Duties of Pawnor and Pawnee
 Termination of Bailment

UNIT - III (12 Hours)

 Agency (Sec.182 to 238)


 Definitions of Agent and Principal
 Essentials of relationship of agency
 Kinds of Agents
BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
 Rights and Duties of Agent
 Creation of Agency: By agreement
 Relation of principal/agent, subagent and substituted agent
 Personal Liability of agents
 Termination of agency
UNIT - IV (12 Hours)


Nature of Specific Relief - Meaning of specific performance, enforcement of contract,
defenses,
 Specific performance when granted and not granted
 Part-performance of Contract
 Preventive relief - Temporary injunctions - Perpetual and mandatory injunctions.
 Difference between sale and agreement to sale.
 Caveat emptor
 Rights and duties of buyer and seller.
TEXT BOOKS:

T1. Bare Act of Indian Contract Act, 1872, Eastern book Company.
T2. Avtar Singh-Law of Contract, Eastern Book Co. (Lucknow)
T3. R.K Bangia, ―Law of Contract- I‖, Allahabad Law Agency
T4. S.S. Srivastava, ―Law of Contract- I‖, Central Law Publication.
T5. M.P. Tandan, ―Specific Relief Act,‖ Allahabad Law Agency.
T6. S.D. Basu, ―Specific Relief Act,‖ Allahabad Law Agency.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

R1. Pollock &Mulla.:―Indian Contract Act‖, Sultan Chand, New Delhi


R2. Anson, ―Law of Contract‖ Universal Publication, Delhi

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Course Learning Outcomes(CLO): On completion of this course, the students will be able
to:

CLO Description Bloom’s


Taxonomy Level

CLO1 By the end of this course, the students will be able to 1, 2, 4


tell the essentials of indemnity and guarantee,
bailment, pledge, agency and specific relief. Interpret Remembering,
the importance of indemnity and guarantee. And Understanding,
analyze the difference between the two. Analyzing

CLO2 The students will be able to interpret the concept of 2, 3, 4


bailment and pledge and differentiate between the
two .They will be able to test the various rights of Understanding,
bailor and bailee. Student will analyze the effect of Analyzing,
such kinds of contract in society. Applying,

CLO3 The students will be able to summarise the contract 2, 3, 4


relating to agency. The students will be able to use
the different principles of agency. It will enable them Understanding,
to differentiate between the rights and duties of Applying,
principal and agent. Analyzing

CLO4 The students will be able to analyze the concept of 4,2,3


specific relief and interpret the various modes of
remedies. The student will be able to classify the various Analyzing,
kinds of remedies and will be able to differentiate between Understanding,
them. and will be able to summarize the various concepts Applying
of injunctions of suits.

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs

Program Program Specific


Learning Outcomes(PSOs)
Outcomes (PLOs)
Course

Learning

PLO10

PLO11

PLO12
PLO1

PLO2

PLO3

PLO4

PLO5

PLO6

PLO7

PLO8

PLO9

PSO1

PSO2

PSO3

PSO4
Outcomes

H M M H H M H L
CLO1

H M M H H M H L
CLO2

H M M H H M H L
CLO3

H M M H H M H L
CLO4

H: High M: Medium L: Low

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Theoretical perspectives of sociology

BHU2009
LT PC
41 0 4

Course Learning Objectives:

 To familiarize the students with the contexts and the phenomena in which sociology
emerged as a distinctive discipline
 To make them aware of the founding fathers of Sociology and their contributions to the
discipline.
 To acquaint them with the Sociological concepts and their relevance for the study of the
society.
 To equip them to analyze contemporary concerns and theory of classics thinkers and
assess their applicability to understand the nature of contemporary society.

 Sociologically analyze the social issues and concerns.

Unit-I: The emergence of sociology (12


Hours)

Transition from social philosophy to sociology,the intellectual context, Enlightenment, The


social, economic and political forces, The French and Industrial Revolutions.

Unit-II: The pioneers (12


Hours)

Law of three stages, and Hierarchy of Sciences, Comte: positivism, Spencer: Social Darwinism,
Super organic evolution,

Unit-III: The classical tradition (12


Hours)

Durkheim: social solidarity, and suicide, Weber: authority, and The Protestant Ethicand the
Spirit of Capitalism, Marx: materialist conception of history, and classstruggle, Pareto:
circulation of elites.

Unit-IV: Schools of sociological theory (12


Hours)

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Functionalism, conflict school, Social action perspectives, Development of sociological thought
in India
TEXT BOOKS:

T1. Aron, Raymond. 1967 (1982 reprint). Main currents in sociological thought (2
volumes).Harmondsworth, Middlesex: Penguin Books.
T2. Barnes, H.E. 1959. Introduction to the history of sociology. Chicago: The Universityof
Chicago Press.
T3. Ritzer, George. 1996. Sociological theory. New Delhi: Tata-McGraw Hill.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

R1. Coser, Lewis A. 1979.Masters of sociological thought. New York: Harcourt


BraceJovanovich.
R2. Fletcher, Ronald. 1994. The making of sociology (2 volumes). Jaipur: Rawat.
R3. Morrison, Ken. 1995. Marx, Durkheim, Weber: Formation of modern social
thought.London: Sage.
R4. Singh, Yogendra. 1986. Indian sociology: Social conditioning and emerging trends.
NewDelhi: Vistaar.
R5. Zeitlin, Irving. 1998(Indianedition).Rethinking sociology:A critique of
contemporarytheory.
Jaipur: Rawat.

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO)
On completion of this course, the students will be able to:
CLO Description Bloom’s
Taxonomy Level

CLO1 Discuss and examine the transition from social philosophy to 2,4,5,6
sociology. Investigate the intellectual and social context in which
Sociology grew. Assess the role of the french and industrial Understanding,
revolutions in the emergence, growth and development of Analyzing
Sociology. Arrange the chronology of events that led to the
Enlightenment of society. Evaluating, Creating

CLO2 Explain the theoretical and methodological contributions of 2,4,5,


classical social philosophers like Auguste Comte and Herbert
Spencer. Inspect the evolutionary model to understand the growth Understanding,
and emergence of modern society. Check the methodology of
Comte and Spencer to analyze society. Examine the relevance of Analyzing, Evaluating
theoretical and methodological contributions of classical social
philosophers like Auguste Comte and Herbert Spencer.

CLO3 Discuss the basic sociological standpoints of Emile Durkheim and 2, 3,5
Max Weber. Illustrate the relationship between economy and the
cultural system. Compare and contrast the methodology of Understanding,
Durkheim and Max Weber. Applying, Evaluating

CLO4 Describe the theoretical perspectives of Marx and Pareto. 2, 4,5


Compare the social action model of Pareto and Weber. Interpret
the relevance of Marxism in comprehending the Indian society. Understanding,
Justify the current Indian scenario in context to these classical
sociological perspectives. Analyzing,
Evaluating

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs
Course Program Learning Outcomes Program
(PLOs) Specific
Learning
Outcomes(PSOs)
Outcomes

PLO10

PLO11

PLO12
PLO1

PLO2

PLO3

PLO4

PLO5

PLO6

PLO7

PLO8

PLO9

PSO1

PSO2

PSO3

PSO4
M L L H L L M L M L M L M M M H
CLO1
M M L L M M L M M M L M M M H
CLO2 M

L L L M L M M L L M M L M M M H
CLO3

M M L M L M M L M M M L M M M H
CLO4

H: High M: Medium L: Low

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Indian Government and Politics

BHU 2010
LT PC
4 1 04
(48 Hours)
Course Learning Objectives:

 To make the students aware of the Indian political system.

 To develop a practical approach towards the Indian constitution.

 The students are expected to inculcate awareness about the rights and duties as furnished
by the constitution of India.

 The students will be able to understand the divisive politics and its role in the Indian
Political System.

UNIT-1 (12
Hours)

The problems before India on the Eve of Independence,The Making of the Indian Constitution,
The Constituent Assembly – Its Composition &working, Salient Features of the Constitution of
India, The Preamble, Fundamental Rights and Directive Principles of State Policy. The Nature of
Indian Federal System, Amendment of the Constitution.

UNIT-2 (12
Hours)

The Union Parliament: Its Composition Powers and Functions

The Union Executive: The President of India. Powers and Functions: The Vice President of
India. Powers and Functions, The Union Council of Ministers, The Prime Minister of India,
Powers and Function, The relationship between the President and the prime minister and his
council of Minister.

Union Judiciary: The Supreme Court of India, Its Composition and jurisdiction, powers and
functions, Judicial Review, Judicial activism and Public interest Litigations.

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
UNIT-3 (12
Hours)

The State Administration: The Governor, Appointment Powers and Functions of Governor. The
Constitutional Role of the Governor, The State Council of Minister and the Chief Minister. The
State Legislatures- Composition, Powers and Functions.High courts in the states-composition,
powers and functions.Problems of Centre -Sate Relation in India.Emerging Trends in State
politics in India.The local Government and the Panchayati Raj system.

UNIT-4 (12
Hours)

Political Parties and Party System in India.

Pressure Group in India.The political Elections in India- various issues. The Election
Commission of India, The need for Electoral Reform in India. The Social movements in India-
Farmers Tribals, Women‘s and Dalit .Development & problems of underdevelopment in India ,
The Problems of Caste & communalism ,concern of Human Rights and Environment in India,
Challenges before India‘s Foreign policy.

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO)
On completion of this course, the students will be able to:
CLO Description Bloom’s
Taxonomy Level

CLO1 Describe the history of the making of Indian Constitution 2, 4, 5


and Composition &working of the Constituent Assembly.
Inspect the Salient Features of the Constitution of India, Understanding
The Preamble, Fundamental Rights and Directive
Analyzing,
Principles of State Policy. Examine the Nature of Indian
Federal System, and Amendment process of the Evaluating
Constitution.

CLO2 Discuss the Powers, Functions and Position of Union 2, 3, 4, 5


Parliament, President, Prime Minister, and Council of
Ministers. Illustrate the Composition and Jurisdictions of
the Supreme Court, Judicial Review, Public Interest
Understanding
Litigation and Judicial Activism. Categorize the Powers of
Union Government and Jurisdictions of Supreme Court in Applying,
different Categories. Examine the Powers and Functions
of the Union Government and the Supreme Court in the Analyzing,
Indian Political System. Compare the powers and
Functions of the Union Government with other Political Evaluating.
Systems in the world. Justify the importance of Public
Interest Litigation and Judicial Activism in contemporary
Indian Political System

CLO3 Describe the Powers, Functions and Position of Governor, 2, 3, 4,5


Chief Minister, Council of Ministers (state) and Problems
of Centre -Sate Relation in India. Demonstrate the
Composition and Jurisdictions of the High Court.
Understanding
Categorize the Powers of state Government and
Jurisdictions of High Court in different Categories. Applying
Examine the working process of State Legislature and
Executive in the Indian Political System. Compare the Analyzing,
Emerging Trends in State politics in India. Assess the local
Government and the Panchayati Raj system. Evaluating

CLO4 Explain the features and trends of pressure groups in 2,4,5,6


Indian Politics, Major National Political Parties in India, Understanding,
their Ideologies and Programmes. Experiment of the
Coalition politics in India. Debate about the Social Analyzing,
movements in India like Farmers, Tribals, Women‘s and
Evaluating,
Dalit .Problems of underdevelopment in India, political
BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
parties and Election Commission in Indian Context. Creating
Examine the success and failure of above issues in the
reference of Indian Government and Politics.Construct the
own opinion about the concern of Human Rights &
Environment in India and Challenges before India‘s
Foreign policy.

Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs


Course Program Learning Outcomes Program
(PLOs) Specific
Learning
Outcomes(PSOs)
Outcomes

PLO10

PLO11

PLO12
PLO1

PLO2

PLO3

PLO4

PLO5

PLO6

PLO7

PLO8

PLO9

PSO1

PSO2

PSO3

PSO4
M M M L M L L L L L M M M H
CLO1
M M H M M M M M L M L M M M H
CLO2
H H H H M H M M L M L M M M H
CLO3

H M M H H H M M M M L M M M H
CLO4

H: High M: Medium L: Low

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
LAW AND LITERATURE
BHU2001-EG

L T P C
4 1 0 4
(48 Hours)
Course Learning Objectives:
 To develop reading, writing and communication skills.
 To introduce students the significance of literature in life.
 To understand human attitude, emotions, psychology and behavior through literature.
 To develop critical thinking and literary sensibility.

UNIT-I Write the Passage (12 Hours)

Vered Cohen Barzilay. ‗The Tremendous Power of Literature‘


Ronald Dworkin. ‗How Law is like Literature‘
Daniel J. Kornstein. ‗The Law and Literature‘
Stanley Fish. ‗The Law Wishes to Have a Formal Existence‘
Lee S. ‗Law and Literature: Goodbye Austin, Hello Austen‘

UNIT-II Literature in Law (12 Hours)


Extract from Judgment
UNIT– III Selections from Novel (12
Hours)
Introduction to Novel: Elements, forms and types
Select Extract from Harper Lee‘s To Kill a Mockingbird
Select Extract from Franz Kafka‘s The Trial
Select Extract from Toni Morrison‘s Beloved
Select Extract from Herman Melville‘s Billy Budd

TEXT BOOK:
T1. Morison, John & Bell, Christine ed. (1966) ‗Tall Stories? Reading Law and Literature‘
Dartmouth Publishing Company
T2. International, Amnesty (2011) ‗Freedom: Celebrating the Universal Declaration of
Human Rights‘ Random House.
T3. Dworkin, Ronald (1985) ‗A Matter of Principle‘ Harvard University Press
T4. Fish, Stanley (1990) ‗The Law Wishes to Have a Formal Existence‘ Faculty of Law,
University of Toronto
BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
T5: Lee, Harper (2014) ‗To Kill a Mockingbird‘ Harper Collins
T6: Kafka, Franz (2014) ‗The Trial‘ Interactive Media
T7: Morrison, Tony (2007) ‗Beloved‘ Knopf Doubleday Publishing Group
T8: Melville, Herman (2014) ‗Billy Budd, Sailor‘ Simon and Schuster

REFERENCE BOOKS:

R1: Eagleton, Terry (2013) ‗The English Novel: An Introduction‘ John Wiley & Sons
R2: MacKay, Marina (2010) ‗The Cambridge Introduction to the Novel‘ Cambridge
University Press

Course Learning Outcomes(CLO)


On completion of this course, the students will be able to:
CLO Description Bloom’s
Taxonomy
Level

CLO1 Examine the concept of law and literature through important 4,5
speeches by eminent speakers. Analyze the content of those
speeches in the context of freedom of speech and act. To Evaluate Analyzing,
these orators in the study of law.
Evaluating

CLO2 Analyze the contribution of study of cases in the understanding of 4, 5


the topic. To Assess the distinct features and of the cases in the
context of law. Understanding,
Analyzing

CLO3 Analyze the different genres of short stories. Estimate the 4, 5


contribution of the writers and their themes incorporated to study
various thought processes of human beings resulting to certain Analyzing,
criminal issues. To be able to Evaluate various short stories in the Evaluating
context in which it is written.

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs
Program Program Specific
Learning Outcomes(PSO
Outcomes (PLOs) s)
Course

Learning

PLO10

PLO11

PLO12
PLO1

PLO2

PLO3

PLO4

PLO5

PLO6

PLO7

PLO8

PLO9

PSO1

PSO2

PSO3

PSO4
Outcomes

M M M M M M M M H M
CLO1

M M M M M H M H H H M M M
CLO2

CLO3 M M M M M H M H M M H M

H: High M: Medium L: Low

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY
BHU2001-SY LT P C
4 1 0 4

Course Learning Objectives:

 The aim of this course is to describe the social psychological approach to human behavior
and to understand the basic theoretical and methodological approaches and fundamental
domains used by social psychologists.
 The course also enables the student to understand the way in which social psychology
diverges or converges with our own common sense understanding of the world.
 To describe various forms of social interaction and its influence
 To describe how social groups influence the individual, society, and social institutions.

UNIT -I: Introduction


(12Hours)
Nature, goal and scope of social psychology; social psychology and other social sciences;
methods of social psychology: experimental and non-experimental methods, correlational
approach and cross-cultural research.

UNIT -II: Social Perception and Cognition (12


Hours)
Perceiving ourselves: self-concept, self-esteem, self-presentation and self-expression-
Perceiving others: forming impressions; role of non-verbal cues, group stereotypes, and cultural
traits; models of information integration; primacy and recency effects; attribution of causality:
theories and biases ; Attitudes and Attitudes change.

UNIT -III: Aspects of Social Interaction and Influence (12


Hours)
Interpersonal attraction; Helping behaviour: Determinants: Personal, Situational and Socio ‐
cultural; Bystander Effect; Theoretical Perspective: Exchange and Normative; Aggression:
Determinants: Personal and Social. Theoretical Perspectives: Biological, Trait, Situational and
Social learning.

UNIT -IV: Group Dynamics and Intergroup Relations (12


Hours)
Nature of groups, Consequences of belonging-performance, decision making, cooperation and
conflict. Nature of intergroup relation-prejudice, intergroup conflict, Intervention techniques.

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
TEXT BOOK:

T1. Baron. R.A. , Byrne, D.& Bhardwaj. G (2010).Social Psychology (12th Ed).New
Delhi: Pearson
T2. Misra, G. (2009). Psychology in India, Volume 4: Theoretical and Methodological
Developments (ICSSR survey of advances in research). New Delhi: Pearson.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

R1. Merton R. K. (1972). Social Theory and Social Structure; New Delhi: Amerind
Publishing Co.
R2. Robert S. Feldman, Social Psychology, Edition: 3, Prentice Hall, 2000
R3. Kuppusawmi, (2002), Introduction to Sociology; Media Promoters and Publishers,
Bombay
R4. Myers, D. G. (2010). Exploring Social Psychology. New York: McGraw Hill.
R5. Taylor, S.E; Peplau, L.A. & Sears, O. (2006). Social Psychology. (12thed). Prentice Hall.

Learning Outcomes:

Students will be able to-

1. Describe social psychological approach to understand and predict human behavior.


2. Demonstrate understanding of how social factors influence the individual, society, and
social institutions.

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Course Learning Outcomes(CLO)
On completion of this course, the students will be able to:
CLO Description Bloom’s Taxonomy
Level

CLO1 Explain Nature, goal and scope of social psychology; 1,2, 4,


Examine role of social psychology and other social sciences;
Illustrate methods of social psychology: experimental and Remembering,
non-experimental methods, correlational approach and cross- Understanding,
cultural research. Analyzing

CLO2 Examine Perceiving ourselves: self-concept, self-esteem, 2 , 5, 1,4


self-presentation and self-expression-
Understanding,
Explain Perceiving others: forming impressions; Illustrate Evaluating ,
role of non-verbal cues, group stereotypes, and cultural traits; Remembering,
models of information integration; Differentiate primacy Analyzing
and recency effects; Define attribution of causality: theories
and biases ; Define Attitudes and Attitudes change.

CLO3 Define Interpersonal attraction; Define Helping behaviour: 2, 4,5,


Illustrate Determinants: Personal, Situational and Socio ‐
cultural; Bystander Effect; Examine Theoretical Perspective: Understanding,
Exchange and Normative; Define Aggression: Illustrate Analyzing ,Evaluating,
Determinants: Personal and Social. Examine Theoretical
Perspectives: Biological, Trait, Situational and Social
learning.

CLO4 Explain Nature of groups, Consequences of belonging- 1,5,2, 6


performance, decision making, Differentiate between
cooperation and conflict. Explain Nature of intergroup Remembering,
relation-prejudice, intergroup conflict, Develop Intervention Evaluating,
techniques. Understanding,
Creating

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs

Program Program Specific


Learning Outcomes(PSOs)
Course Outcomes (PLOs)
Learning

PLO10

PLO11

PLO12
PLO1

PLO2

PLO3

PLO4

PLO5

PLO6

PLO7

PLO8

PLO9

PSO1

PSO2

PSO3

PSO4
Outcomes

CLO1 M M L H L M L H M M L L L L M H

CLO2 H H L M L M L H M M H L L M L H

CLO3 M H L H M H M L M M L H M L L H

CLO4 L M L H L M M L L M L L L L M H

H: High M: Medium L: Low

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Macro Economics
BEM2001-EC

L T P C
4 1 0 4

(48 Hours)
Course Learning Objectives:

 To Understand the scope and concepts of macro economics.


 To analyze the macro market .
 To understand and analyze the concept of money and inflation.
 To understand the concept related to banking and balance of payment.

UNIT – I: (10
Hours)
• Macroeconomics – Scope and Concepts, Nature, Importance, Limitations
• Difference between Micro and Macro Economics.
• National Income Accounting - Concepts and Measurement of GDP, GNP, NNP & NI
• Circular flow of income – Real and Nominal GDP

UNIT – II: (10


Hours)
• Keynesian Model of Income determination
• Consumption
• Savings and Investment function.
• Multipliers

UNIT – III: (14


Hours)
Money and Inflation
• Meaning and Functions of Money, Advantage and Disadvantage of Money
• Concept of demand for and supply of money
• Quantity theory of money and Keynesian theory of Demand for money
• Inflation, Deflation & Stagflation

UNIT – IV: (14


Hours)
• Balance of Payments: Concept, Balance of Trade, Difference between Balance of
Payment and Balance of Trade
BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
• Composition of Balance of Payments
• Banking-Definition and Functions of Banks, Methods of Credit Creation, Types of
Banks,
• Central Banking- Role and Functions in Developing Economy, RBI.

Suggested Readings

• Deepshree; ―Macro Economics‖, ANE Books Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi


• Branson, William H.; ―Macro Economics- Theory and Policy‖, Harper Collins Indian
Pvt. Ltd.
• Dornbusch, Fischer & Startz, Macroeconomics, TMH
• Ackley G. ,Macro Economics: Theory and Policy, Macmillan Publishing Company,
New York
• Samuelson, Nordhaus , Economics ,Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi 2007
• D. N. Dwivedi, Macro Economics, Tata McGrew Hill, New Delhi
• Ahuja H.L., Macro Economics: Theory and Policy, S. Chand & Co. Ltd. New Delhi
• Shapiro, E., Macro Economic Analysis, Galgotia Publications, New Delhi

Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): On completion of this course, the students will be
able to:

CLO Description Bloom’s


Taxonomy Level
CLO1 Understand the scope and basic concepts of macro 2,4
economics, and Distinguish between micro and macro
Understand,
economics .
Analyze
CLO2 Understand the theory of full employment and income , 2, 4,5
Analyze the relationship between saving and investment, Understand, Analyze,
Evaluate the consumption ,saving and investment
Evaluate
function .
CLO3 Understand the meaning and functions of money , 2, 4
Analyze the various theories related to money . Understand
Understand,
the basic concepts related to inflation, deflation and
Analyze
stagflation.

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
CLO4 Understand the meaning and various concepts of balance 2, 4
of payments, Distinguish between balance of payment and
Understand,
balance of trade ,Understand the meaning and functions of
Analyze
banks.

Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs

Program Program Specific


Learning Outcomes(PSO
Course Outcomes (PLOs) s)
Learning

PLO10

PLO11

PLO12
PLO1

PLO2

PLO3

PLO4

PLO5

PLO6

PLO7

PLO8

PLO9
Outcomes

PSO1

PSO2

PSO3

PSO4
CLO1 M L

CLO2 M L

CLO3 M L

CLO4 M L

H: High M: Medium L: Low

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
COURT-INTERNSHIP- CORPORATE LEGAL TRAINING - I
Credit Units: 02

Course Learning Objectives:


• The students should familiarize themselves with the various stages of trial in civil and
criminal cases.
• To get the practical exposure and acquaint with the drafting and pleading skills.
• The students should know how to face the real life professional situations
• To get an insight of the real court experience.
• They should be exposed to real court experience. Further they should imbibe the skills of
client interviewing.
• Students will be deputed to go to different Legal Firms/ courts/ Tribunals. They may also
get attached to some senior lawyers and prepare a case diary.
• The students will have to submit the report to the Office of Faculty of Law.
• An interview will be conducted based on their training and marks will be awarded
accordingly.

The Internship during the summer break is a compulsory course. Each student enrolled in 5
years LL.B integrated course shall undergo an internship for minimum 20 weeks during the
entire course under NGO, court, commissions, legal regulatory authorities, legislatures and
parliament, other legal functionaries, law firms, companies, local self government and other
such bodies as the university may stipulate.
The report by the student and the diary will be submitted for evaluation.
There is an Internship Data from where students fill in the details of where they are interning
with complete address and phone numbers. Customized Legal Reference /Diary are provided
to the students on payment. They will maintain a day to day record of the work that they do
at the place they are interning. They submit their completed diary, certificate from the
employer and also a report of their experience at work. After submission there is a Viva by
concerned faculty. They assess the student on the kind of work they have done during
internship, presentation of the work they have done and also on the practical knowledge they
have gained.
The Paper is marked out of 100 marks. The breakup of the marks is as follows:
1. Diary submission 25 Marks
2. Concise report of the work conducted / proceedings attended 25 Marks
3. Viva Voice 50 Marks
Total 100Maks

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): On completion of this course, the students will be able to:
CLOs Description Bloom‘s Taxonomy
Level
3
CLO1 Make use of Court room etiquettes while presenting cases
Applying
2, 3
CLO2 Identify and demonstrate effective communication skills, team
Understanding,
spirit, leadership quality, presentation skills, interpersonal skills
Applying
and professional etiquette.
4, 5
CLO3 Take part in case presentation and will be able to present and
Analysing,
defend cases comfortably and confidently influence the public
Evaluating
with professional competence.
6
CLO4 Improve overall communication and presentation skills and
Creating
adapt themselves to the court room environment.

Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs


Course Program Learning Program Specific
Outcomes (PLOs)
Learnin Outcomes (PSOs)
g
PLO10

PLO11

PLO12
PLO1
PLO2

PLO3

PLO4

PLO5

PLO6

PLO7

PLO8

PLO9

PSO1

PSO2

PSO3

PSO4
Outcome
s

CLO1 H H H H H H H H L H M M H

CLO2 H H H H H H H H L H M M H

CLO3 H H H H H H H H L H M M H

CLO4 H H H H H H H H L H M M H

H: High M: Medium L: Low

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
B.A. LL.B. (HONS.)
II Year III SEMESTER

Social Organizations in India


BHU3011
L T PC
4 1 0 4
Course Learning Objectives:

 To explain the the development and growth of Sociology in India.


 To compare and contrast the analysis of Indian society based on Indology with that
of fieldwork.
 To develop a better understanding of one‘s own situation and region.
 To analyze the uniqueness of the Indian culture and its nature of Unity in diversity..

Unit-I:
The textual and the field view of Indian society
The significance of the field view, the interface between the present and the past.The structure
and composition of Indian society: villages, towns, cities; rural-urban linkages; tribes; weaker
section, delist, women and minorities, population profile and related issues.

Unit-II: Cultural and ethnic diversity

Historically-embedded diversities in respect of language, caste,religious beliefs and practices and


cultural patterns.

Unit-III: Basic institutions of Indian society

Caste, kinship, family, marriage, religion; caste and class; changing dimensions.
Unit-IV: Convergence and integration

The sharing of material traits, cultural space, language and regional ethos, the evolution of
composite cultural legacy; change and transformation in Indian society; nation-building and
national identity.

TEXT BOOKS:

T.1 Bose, N.K. 1967, Culture and Society in India Bombay : Asia Publishing House.
T.2 Bose, N.K. 1975 : Structure of Hindu Society. New Delhi.
T.3 Dube, S.C. 1990 : Society in India (New Delhi : National Book Trust)
T.4 Dube, S.C. 1995 : Indian Village (London : Routledge)
BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
T.5 Dube, S.C.1958 : India‘s Changing Villages (London :Routledge and Kegan Paul)
Mazumdar and Madan: Social Anthropology
T.6 Srinivas, M.N., 1963 : Social Change in Modern India (California, Berkeley

REFERENCE BOOKS:

R1. Karve, Irawati, 1961 : Hindu Society : An Interpretation (Poona : Deccan College)
R2. Lannoy, Richard, 1971 : The Speaking Tree : A Study of Indian Society and
Culture (Delhi : Oxford University Press)
R3. Mandelbaum, D.G., 1970 : Society in India (Bombay : Popular Prakashan)
R4. Srinivas, M.N., 1980 : India : Social Structure (New Delhi : Hindustan
Publishing Corporation).
R5.: University of California Press)
R6. Singh, Yogendra, 1973 : Modernization of Indian Tradition (Delhi : Thomson Press)
R7. Uberoi, Patricia, 1993 : Family, Kinship and Marriage in India (New Delhi :
Oxford University Press.
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO)On completion of this course, the students will be able
to:
CLO Description Bloom’s
Taxonomy Level

CLO1 Compare and contrast the various 2, 3


methodologies to understand the Indian social
structure. Identify the main components of Understanding,
Indian society. Identifying

CLO2 Define the basic institutions of Indian society. 1,2,3,4

Describe the various theoretical reflection on the Remembering,


basic institutions of Indian society. Apply the
theoretical knowledge to interpret the changing Understanding,
dimensions of basic institutions of Indian Applying,
society. Analyzing.

CLO3 Examine the Historically-embedded diversities in 4,5 Analyzing,


respect in India. Assess the factors threatening Evaluating,
Indian Unity in the current scenario.
CLO3 Analyse the nature of Indian society and 4,5 Analyzing,
Evaluate aspects of Unity in diversity in India. Evaluating

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs
Course Program Learning Outcomes Program
(PLOs) Specific
Learning
Outcomes(PSOs)
Outcomes

PLO10

PLO11

PLO12
PLO1

PLO2

PLO3

PLO4

PLO5

PLO6

PLO7

PLO8

PLO9

PSO1

PSO2

PSO3

PSO4
M L L H L L M L M L M L M M H
CLO1
M M L L M M L M M M L M M M H
CLO2 M

L L L M L M M L L M M L M M M H
CLO3

M M L M L M M L M M M L M M M H
CLO4

H: High M: Medium L: Low

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
International Relations

BHU3012 LTPC

4104

Course Learning Objectives:

 To develop a clear understanding of the key concepts and dimensions of international


relations.

 To enhance the ability to generate analytical approach on different theoretical paradigms


and various aspect of conflict.

 To inculcate in students a critical awareness about the institutions of globalization and


global issues.

 To develop a proper understanding of the implications of the changing nature of


international politics.

UNIT-1

• The Discipline of International Relation: -Meaning, Evaluation, Nature and Scope,

• The Theories and approaches of International Relations:–The Liberal & the Realistic Approach,
The Systems Theory, The Marxist Approach, Pluralist Approach,Neo Realist and The Neo Idealist
approaches, The World System Theory.

UNIT-2

Concept of National Power-

• National Interest, Balance of Power and Collective Security, Foreign policy its Objectives and
Determinants, Techniques of Foreign Policy: Diplomacy and Propaganda, Psychological and Political
Warfare .

UNIT-3

Post World War II International Relation–

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
• Cold War, Détente, New Cold War, Non Alignment and Non Aligned Movement, The North –South
Debate and Disarmament and Arms Control, The United Nations and its Role.

UNIT-4

• Globalization –Meaning, Dimension and Features ,Globalization and State

• Globalization and Global Governance: Roll of UN, IMF, World Bank & WTO, The
MNC,s

• Contemporary issues- International Relation: International Relations: Meaning Human


Rights, Gander, Environmental Protection, Sustainable Development and Human Security.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Hans J. Morgenthau, Politics Among Nations: The Struggle for Power & Peace, Kalyani
Publishers (Indian Reprint), ND 1997

2. Norman D. Palmer & Howard C. Perkins, International Relations: The World


Community in Transition, CBS Publishers & Distributors, ND, 1985

3. John Baylis, Steve Smit& Patricia Owens, The Globalization of World Politics, OUP,
London, 4th ed. 2008.

4. Charls W. Kagley JR & Eugene R. Wittkopt, World Politics: Trend & Transformation,
4th ed. St. Martin‘s Press N.Y.1993.
5. Alasclair and Steven Curtis International politics ( An Introductory Guide ) University
Press.
6. CharlesKegleyjr. and Gregor A.Raymonds,The Global Future- A Brief Introduction to
World Politics (Wordsworth Engage Learning)
7. Goldstein andPevehouse International Relations (Person Education)
8. International Relations -A short Introdution OUP
9. TaparBiswal (Ed.), International Relations (Macmillon)
10. Pen Ghosh, International Relation PHI, EEE
11. RuminBasu, , Theories and Concept, International politics Issues (SAGE)

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO)
On completion of this course, the students will be able to:
CLO Description Bloom’s
Taxonomy Level

CLO1 Explain the Meaning, Evolution, Nature and Scope of 2,4,5,3,6


International Politics. Examine and Evaluate the different
approaches of International politics such as Idealist, Realist, Neo Understanding
Realist, Marxist, Pluralist and World System and Apply the Analyzing
theories of International Politics in global world order. Construct
the own approach to the study of International Relations. Evaluating,
Applying, Creating

CLO2 Illustrate and Analyze the concept of National Power, National 2,4,5
Interest, the concept of Balance of Power, Collective Security,
Foreign Policy and Diplomacy in International Politics. Evaluate Understanding
the relevance of these concepts in the changing nature of Analyzing
International Politics. Compare the concepts of the Collective
Security and Balance of Power in the International Politics Evaluating

CLO3 Explain and Distinguish the Meaning, Evolution, Nature of Cold 2,4,5,6
War and New Cold War, the concept of Détente and its Impact on
World Politics. Analyze and Justify the idea of Non-Alignment Understanding
and End of Cold War as well as the concept of Disarmament and Analyzing
Arms Control. Evaluate the idea of UN,NIEO, North-South
Dialogue& South-South Dialogue, Globalization and Evaluating
Environmentalism. Construct the own opinion on the issue of
Environmentalism. Creating

CLO4 Illustrate the idea of Globalization Meaning, Dimension and 2,5,4,6


Features, Assess and Compare the idea of Globalization and
State. Evaluate the nature of Global Governance, Roll of UN, Understanding
IMF, World Bank & WTO, and The MNC‘s in the period of Evaluating
Globalization. Interpret the Contemporary issues such as Human
Rights, Gander, Environmental Protection, Sustainable Analyzing
Development and Human Security and also Formulate the own
opinion on these contemporary issues. Creating

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs
Course Program Learning Outcomes Program
(PLOs) Specific
Learning
Outcomes(PSOs)
Outcomes

PLO10

PLO11

PLO12
PLO1

PLO2

PLO3

PLO4

PLO5

PLO6

PLO7

PLO8

PLO9

PSO1

PSO2

PSO3

PSO4
M L L L L M L M L L L M M H
CLO1
M M M M M M M M M M M H
CLO2
M M M M M H M M H M L M M M M H
CLO3

M M M M M H M M H M L M M M M H
CLO4

H: High M: Medium L: Low

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
LAW OF CONSTITUTION - I
BLA 3006
L T P C
4 1 0 4
Course Learning Objective: (48 Hours)
• The students will be able to understand the Constitution and its History.

• The students will be able to understand Fundamental rights and its application to
analyze its application.

• The students will be able to understand the concept of Secularism and its application
and also able to know about Fundamental Duties to evaluate it with Fundamental Rights.

• The students will be able to understand the Rights enforcement remedy and Judicial
Activism and gain ability to discuss contemporary problems.

UNIT- I (8
Hours)

Constitutional developments since 1858-1947


Making of Indian Constitution
Nature and special features of the Constitution of India
Rule of law & Separation of powers
Citizenship
Preamble
State under Article 12 of the Constitution
UNIT- II (16 Hours)

Article 13
Right to Equality (Articles 14-18)
Right to Freedom (Articles 19-22)
Right against Exploitation (Articles 23-24)
UNIT-III (12 Hours)

Concept of secularism: historical perspective


Right to Freedom of Religion (Articles 25-28)
Cultural and Educational Rights (Articles 29-30)
BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Fundamental Duties (Article 51-A)
Directive Principles- directions for social change- A new social order
Fundamental Rights and Directive Principles of State Policy, inter-relationship, judicial
balancing
Constitutional amendments- to strengthen Directive Principles
UNIT- IV (12 Hours)

Remedies for enforcement of rights contained in Part III- Habeas Corpus, Mandamus,
Certiorari, Prohibition and Quo-warranto under Articles 32 and 226 of the Constitution
Judicial Review, Public Interest Litigation
Judicial activism and restraint
TEXT BOOK:

T1. D.D.Basu, Shorter Constitution of India, 15th Edition 2018, LexisNexis, Nagpur
T2. Shukla V.N., Constitution of India, Lucknow: Eastern Book Co.,
T3. B.K.Sharma, Introduction to Constitution of India, Prentice Hall.
T4. J.N. Pandey ,Constitution of India.,47th ed., Central Law Agency, 2014.
T5. P.M. Bakshi. Constitution of India..12th ed., Universal Publication, 2013
T6. M.V.Pylee, Constitutional Government in India, Asia Publishing House
T7.R.C.Agarwal, National Movement & Constitutional Development, S.Chand
Publishing Company
T8. Prof. Uday Raj Rai, Constitutional Law -1, Eastern Book Company, 2016.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
R1. Seervai H.M. Constitutional Law of India.
R2. M.P.Jain, Constitution of India, Wadhwa Nagpur

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Course Learning Outcomes(CLO): On completion of this course, the students will be able
to:
CLO Description Bloom’s
Taxonomy Level

CLO1 By the end of this course, the students will be able to 1,2,3,4,5,6
list the essentials of constitution and
Constitutionalism. Demonstrate Importance of Remembering,
Federalism in India. Will be able to differentiate Understanding,
between unitary and federal features. Will be discuss Apply, Analyzing,
the concept of Citizenship. The students will be able to Evaluate, Create
compare different institutions of government under
Art.12 and the applicability of definition of States in
private institutions too.
CLO2 By the end of this course, the students will be able to 1,2,4,5,6
tell Law relating to Rights to Equality Compare and
examine doctrine of intelligible differentia with Remember,
reasonable nexus. Will be able to differentiate and Understanding,
discuss Right against Exploitation and Right to Life Analyzing,
and Personal Liberty Evaluate, Create

CLO3 By the end of this course, the students will be able to 1,2,3,4,5,6
tell the concept of preventive detention Laws and
Violation of Fundamental Rights. The students will Remember,
be able to illustrate Constitutional Provisions Understanding,
relating to Freedom of Religion and Secularism. The Apply, Analyzing,
students will be able to determine the difference Evaluating, Create
between essentially religious practices with religious
denominations and examine the constitutional
provisions relating to minority rights. The students
will be able to compare the applicability of the
provisions relating to Directive principles of State
policy and Fundamental Duties

CLO4 Students will be able to list out Remedies for enforcement 1,2,3,4,5,6
of rights contained in Part III of the Constitution. The
students will be able to explain and application of different Remember,
Writs provisions given in the Constitution. Development and Understandin
Importance of Judicial Review and Judicial Activism and g, Applying,
their enforceability. The students will be able to analyze and Analyzing,
interpret Constitutional Principles through judicial Create

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
interpretations. The students will be able to compare
Judicial Activism with daily needs of every Citizen.

Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs


Course Program Learning Outcomes Program
(PLOs) Specific
Learning
Outcomes(PSOs)
Outcomes

PLO10

PLO11

PLO12
PLO1

PLO2

PLO3

PLO4

PLO5

PLO6

PLO7

PLO8

PLO9

PSO1

PSO2

PSO3

PSO4
H M M H H M H L
CLO1

H M M H H M H L
CLO2

H M M H H M H L
CLO3

H M M H H M H L
CLO4

H: High M: Medium L: Low

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
LAW OF CRIME - I
BLA 3007
L T P C

Course Learning Objective: (48 Hours)


 To state the general principles of crime.
 To develop the understanding of the theories of punishment and various types of
punishment.

 To analyze the essentials of the various general defences and the requirements of the
private defences available against body and property.

 To examine the various crime committed by public servants and it related


punishment and the difference between common object and common intention.

UNIT - I (12 Hours)

Concept, mature and definition of Crime


Distinction between Crime and other wrongs under common Law
Elements of Criminal liability–mental element(Mens rea)&physical elements(Actus
Reus)
Stages of crime, Intention, Preparation, Attempt
Attempt and Preparation distinguished
UNIT - II (12 Hours)

Public servant and public place


Theories of Punishment : Deterrent, retributive, preventive, expiatory & reformatory
theory
Types of punishment :
Death Sentence, social relevance of capital punishment, alternative to capital punishment
Imprisonment
Forfeiture of Property
Fine

UNIT – III (12 Hours)


Mistake of fact and mistake of Law
Accident, Minority, Necessity
Insanity – medical and legal insanity
BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Intoxication – voluntary and involuntary intoxication
Consent
Right of private defense – human body and property
UNIT IV (12 Hours)
Joint / group liability
Common intention, common object and distinction between them
Abetment, instigation, conspiracy and aiding
Criminal Conspiracy
Rioting and affray
Offences by or relating to public servants.

ACT
The Indian Penal Code, 1860, Eastern Book Company

TEXT BOOKS:
T1. RatanLal&Dhiraj Law, Indian Penal Code, Wadhwa Publication
T2. K. D. Gaur - A Text Book on the Indian Penal Code, Universal Publication
T3. Prof. S.N. Mishra, Indian Penal code, Central Law Publications
T4. Dr. O.P. Srivastava, Principle of Criminal Law, Eastern Book Company
T 5. Dr. Kumar Askand Pandey, Principles of Criminal Law in India - Cases & Material by
Central Law Publications , 1st Edition, August 2014.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
R1 Pillai, PSA, Criminal Law, LexisNexis Butterworths India, 2008.
R2 Hall, Jerome. General Principles of Criminal Law. Second Edition. Originally
published: Indianapolis: The Bobbs Merrill Company, [1960]. xii, 642 pp. Reprinted
2005, 2010 by The Lawbook Exchange, Ltd
R3. R.C.Nigam, Criminal Law, Asia Publishing House.
R4. K.D.Gaur, Criminal Law cases and materials, Lexis Nexis.

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Course Learning Outcomes(CLO): On completion of this course, the students will be able
to:

CLO Description Bloom’s


Taxonomy Level

CLO1 By the end of this course, the students will be able 1,2,3,4,5,6
to list the essentials of crime. Demonstrate the
the application of mens rea in determining Remembering,
criminal liability. Will be able to differentiate Understanding,
between crime and other wrongs and discuss the Apply, Analyzing,
various stages of crime. The students will be able Evaluate, Create
to compare the applicability of mens rea and
actus reus and the difference between preparation
and attempt stage.
CLO2 By the end of this course, the students will be 1,2,4,5,6
able to tell the definition of public servant.
Compare and examine the different theories of Remember,
punishment. Will be able to differentiate and Understanding,
discuss the different types of punishment. Analyzing,
Evaluate, Create

CLO3 By the end of this course, the students will be 1,2,3,4,5,6


able to tell the difference between mistake of
fact and mistake of law. The students will be Remember,
able to illustrate the requirements of various Understanding,
general defences. The students will be able to Apply, Analyzing,
determine the difference between medical and Evaluating, Create
legal insanity and examine the liability in case
of intoxication. The students will be able to
compare the applicability of the provisions
relating to private defences.
CLO4 Students will be able to list out the difference 1,2,3,4,5,6
between common intention and common object.
The students will be able to explain and apply the Remember,
law relating to abetment and conspiracy. The students Understanding,
will be able to analyze and interpret the Applying,
requirements for offences relating to public servant.. Analyzing,
The students will be able to compare the Create
provisions relating to rioting and affray.

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs

Course Program Learning Outcomes Program Specific


(PLOs) Outcomes(PSOs)
Learning

PLO10

PLO11

PLO12
PLO1

PLO2

PLO3

PLO4

PLO5

PLO6

PLO7

PLO8

PLO9

PSO1

PSO2

PSO3

PSO4
Outcomes

H M M H H M H L
CLO1

H M M H H M H L
CLO2

H M M H H M H L
CLO3

H M M H H M H L
CLO4

H: High M: Medium L: Low

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
FAMILY LAW – I (HINDU LAW)
BLA 3008
L T P C
4 1 0 4
Course Learning Objective: (48 Hours)

To state the general principles and sources of Hindu Law.


To understand the Basic Postulates of Hindu Marriage.
To explain the adoptions and maintenance under the Hindu Law and analyzing the guardian and
succession under the Hindu Law .
To examine the concept of the origin and nature of Joint Family and Coparcenaries

UNIT - I (12 Hours)

Who is Hindu? Application of Hindu Law.


Concept of Dharma: sources of Hindu Law: Ancient sources: shruti, smriti, digest and
commentaries and custom; Modern sources: equity, justice and good conscience, precedent and
legislation, importance of dharma shastras on legislation.
Mitakshara and Dayabhaga Schools

UNIT – II (12
Hours)
The Hindu Marriage Act, 1955: Nature and concept of Hindu Marriage, Essential conditions of a
Hindu Marriage, consequences for violating these conditions and ceremonies of marriage.
Matrimonial Remedies: Judicial separation and Divorce under Hindu Law
Hindu Minority and guardianship act, 1956: Meaning of guardianship, kinds and power of
guardianship (sec. 6-13); rights, obligations and disqualification of guardian.

UNIT – III (12hour)


Adoption: essentials and effect (sec. 6 – 12 of Hindu adoption & Maintenance Act, 1956).
Maintenance under Hindu Adoption & Maintenance Act, 1956. (sec. 18, sec. 19, sec. 20, sec. 24
and sec. 25)
Maintenance of neglected wives, divorced wives, minor children, disabled children and parents.
(sec. 125 & 127 Cr.P.C).

UNIT – IV (12Hours)

Origin, nature of Joint Family and Coparcenary,Characteristic features of Coparcenary,


Classification of property
Karta: position, powers and liabilities, privileges and obligations.
Partition: Definition, Persons entitled to demand partition, Reopening and Reunion

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Hindu Succession Act 1956- (Section 6, 8 & 14 of Hindu Succession Act,1956)
Stridhan – Hindu Women‘s Right to property .
TEXT BOOKS:

T1 J.D.M. Derrett- Hindu Law, Vikash Publication New Delhi

T2. ParasDiwan, Hindu Law, Allahabad Law Agency

T3. Dr.R.K.Singh, Hindu Law (Hindi), Allahabad Law Agency

T4.Kusum&P.P.Sexena, Lecture on Hindu Law, Lexis Nexis Butterworth

REFERENCE BOOKS:

R1. Mulla -Hindu Law, (18th Ed. 2002) Butterworth Publication

R2.Nagpal, R.C., Modern Hindu Law, Eastern Book Company.

ACTS:Hindu Marriage Act, 1955.

 Hindu Adoption and Maintenance Act, 1956.


 Hindu Minority and Guardianship Act, 1956.
 Hindu Succession Act,1956
Course Learning Outcomes(CLO): On completion of this course, the students will be able
to:

CLO Description Bloom’s


Taxonomy
Level

CLO1 By the end of this course, the students will be able to 1,2,3,4,5,6
interpret who is Hindu? What is Application of Hindu Law.
Students will be able to explain concept of Dharma and classify Remembering
the sources of Hindu Law. They will be able to develop their Understandin
knowledge about ancient sources: shruti, smriti, digest and g, Apply,
commentaries and custom; and and they will easily analyze Analyzing,
Modern sources: equity, justice and good conscience, precedent Evaluate,
and legislation, Students will be able to make their opinion Create
regarding importance of dharma shastras on legislation and discuss
Mitakshara and Dayabhaga Schools.
CLO2 By the end of this course, the students will be able to, know 1,2,4,5,6
what is Hindu Marriage Act, 1955 & explain Nature and concept
of Hindu Marriage, organize essential conditions of a Hindu Remember
Marriage, examine the consequences for violating these conditions Understandi
and ceremonies of marriage. Students will be able evaluate ng,
Matrimonial Remedies: Judicial separation and Divorce under Analyzing,
Hindu Law.They will be able to discuss Hindu Minority and
BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
guardianship act, 1956: Meaning of guardianship, kinds and power Evaluate,
of guardianship (sec. 6-13); rights, obligations and elaborate Create
disqualification of guardian.
CLO3 By the end of this course, the students will humanbe able to 1,2,3,4,5,6
define Adoption: and interpret what are essentials and easily
identify the effects (sec. 6 – 12 of Hindu adoption & Maintenance Remember,
Act, 1956). Students will be able to examine the provisions Understandin
relating to maintenance under Hindu Adoption & Maintenance g, Apply,
Act, 1956. (sec. 18, sec. 19, sec. 20, sec. 24 and sec. 25) Analyzing,
Able to interpret the provisions of Maintenance to neglected wives, Evaluating,
divorced wives, minor children, and elaborate the provisions Create
related to disabled children and parents. (sec. 125 & 127 Cr.P.C).
CLO4 Students will be able interpret what is Origin & nature of 1,2,3,4,5,
Joint Family and classify Coparcenary, Characteristic features of
Coparcenary, They will organize the types of of properties. They 6
will be able to analyze the concept of Karta their position, powers Remember,
and liabilities, privileges and obligations. They will be Able to Understand
define Partition, determine the Persons entitled to demand
partition, and interpret the theories of Reopening and Reunion. ing,
Students will be able to elaborate Hindu Succession Act 1956- Applying,
(Section 6, 8 & 14 of Hindu Succession Act,1956) and Stridhan – Analyzing,
Hindu Women‘s Right to property
Create

Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs


Course Program Learning Outcomes Program Specific
(PLOs) Outcomes(PSOs)
Learning
PLO10

PLO11

PLO12
PLO1

PLO2

PLO3

PLO4

PLO5

PLO6

PLO7

PLO8

PLO9

PSO1

PSO2

PSO3

PSO4
Outcomes

H L M
CLO1

M M M L M M L
CLO2

M M L M H M M L
CLO3

M M L M M M L
CLO4

H: High M: Medium L: Low

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
READING FOR PLEASURE AND THOUGHT

BHU3001-EG
L T P C
4 1 0 4
Course Learning Objectives:
 To develop reading, writing and communication skills.
 To introduce to students the significance of literature in life.
 To understand human attitude, emotions, psychology and behavior through literature.
 To develop critical thinking and literary sensibility.
 To understand, analyze, and critically appreciate literary texts.

UNIT-I Poetry (16


Hours)

Let me not to the marriage of true minds – William Shakespeare


To His Coy Mistress – Andrew Marvell
Lines Written in a Country Church Yard – Thomas Gray
Essay on Man - Alexander Pope
Daffodils - William Wordsworth
Rime of the Ancient Mariner - S. T. Coleridge
Rabi Ben Ezra – Robert Browning
Lake Isle of Innisfree – W. B. Yeast

UNIT-II Novel (16


Hours)

Hemingway‘s The Old Man and The Sea


R.K Narayan‘s Bachelors of Arts
UNIT– III Open Windows: Selections from Prose (16
Hours)
Francis Bacon‘s Of Judicature
John Milton‘s Extract from Areopagitica
J. S. Mill‘s On Liberty
Virgina Woolf‘s Judith Shakespeare
A. G. Gardinar‘s Rules of the Road

TEXT BOOK:

T1. Melodies, Anne Books


BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
T2. Crane, Ronald. S. (1932) ‗A Collection of English Poems‘, Harper Collins, NY
T3. Primlani, Mohan ‗The Golden Treasury‘ , Oxford Palgrave
Course Learning Outcomes(CLO)
On completion of this course, the students will be able to:
CLO Description Bloom’s
Taxonomy Level

CLO1 Examine and analyze the content of poems to to experience 4,4,5


the aesthetics. To Evaluate these poets in learning the Analyzing,Analyzing,
philosophy of life. Evaluating

CLO2 Analyze and assess the distinct features of novels , develop 4, 5 Understanding,
an insight into the realities of life. Analyzing

CLO3 Analyze different texts to transform one‘s thought process. 4, 5, 5 Analyzing,


Estimate the contribution of the writers and evaluate the Evaluating
thoughtful essays. Evaluating

Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs

Program Program
Learning Specific
Outcomes Outcomes(PSOs)
Course (PLOs)

Learning
PLO10

PLO11

PLO12
PLO1

PLO2

PLO3

PLO4

PLO5

PLO6

PLO7

PLO8

PLO9

PSO1

PSO2

PSO3

PSO4
Outcomes

M M M M
CLO1 M M M M H M

M M M H M H
CLO2 M M H H M M M

M M M H M H
CLO3 M M M M H M

H: High M: Medium L: Low

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
PSYCHOPATHOLOGY
BHU3001-SY
L T P C
4 1 0 4
Course Learning Objectives:
 The aim of this course is to describe several different theoretical perspectives in the
general field of psychopathology as well as the empirical support for these theories.
 To discuss the DSM-IV multiaxial classification of mental
 disorders and the criteria for diagnosing these disorders.
 To Analyze mental and personality disorders research from clinical, research, and
biblical worldview perspectives.
 To Formulate appropriate and effective intervention strategies to treat a broad spectrum
of psycho pathological conditions.

UNIT I: Introduction to Psychopathology: (10 Hours)

The Concept of abnormality; Classification of mental disorders (ICD X and DSMIV);Models of


Psychopathology: Psychodynamic, Behavioral, Cognitive and Humanistic‐ Existential models;
Psychological assessment of psychopathology: diagnostic tests, rating scales, history taking
interviews, orientation to projective tests.

UNIT II: Stress and Psychotic Disorder: (10 Hours)

Stress: Concept and Sources of Stress; Coping with Stress: Task oriented and ego defense
mechanisms; Stress Disorders: Post Traumatic Stress disorder; Acute stress reaction disorder,
Psycho‐physiological disorders.
Psychotic Disorders: Schizophrenia and Paranoia.

UNIT III: Anxiety and Mood disorders: (10 Hours)

Generalized Anxiety Disorders ,panic disorder and agoraphobia, specific phobias, social phobia,
obsessive compulsive disorder.
Mood disorders: manic episode, depressive episode, bipolar affective disorder, dysthymia.

UNIT IV: Personality disorder and Mental Retardation: (10 Hours)

Personality disorders:Paranoid, Schizoid, Borderline and Antisocial


Levels of Mental Retardation: mild, moderate, severe and profound, Types: Down syndrome,
Cretinism, Hydrocephaly, Microcephaly and Macrocephaly..

TEXT BOOKS:

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
T1. Carson R.C., Butcher J.N., Mineka, S., & Hooley J.M. (2007). Abnormal Psychology
(13th Ed.).ND: Pearson Education.
T2. Kring, A.M.,Johnson,S.L.,Davison G.C. & Neale J.M. (2010). Abnormal Psychology
(11th Ed.).NY: John Wiley.
T3. Bhatnagar, P. (1990) Abnormal Psychology: The Inside Story, A self Assessment Quiz,
Bharat Publications, Lucknow.
T4. Buss, A.H. (1999). Psychopathology. New York: John Wiley.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

R1. Ahuja N. (2011). A Short Textbook of Psychiatry (7th Ed). New Delhi: Jaypee
R2. Barlow D.H. and Durand V.M. (2005). Abnormal Psychology: An Integrated Approach
(4th Ed.).Wadsworth: New York.
R3. Lamm, A. (1997). Introduction to Psychopathology. New York: Sage.
R4. Sarason, G.I. and Sarason, R.V.(2007). Abnormal psychology. The Problem of
Maladaptive Behavior, 11th edition, Pearson Education Inc. and Dorling Kindersley
Publishing Inc.

Learning Outcomes:
Students will be able to-
• Explain normality and psychopathology from mental health and biblical perspectives.
• Differentiate between DSM disorders.
• Analyze mental and personality disorders research from clinical, research, and
• biblical worldview perspectives.
• Formulate appropriate and effective intervention strategies to treat a broad spectrum of
psychopathological conditions.

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Course Learning Outcomes(CLO): On completion of this course, the students will be able
to:
CLO Description Bloom’s
Taxonomy
Level
CLO1 Define the nature and evolution of Psychopathology. Discuss the
DSM IVmultiaxial system and ICD-10 classification of mental 1,2,6
disorders and criteria for diagnosing these disorders. Explain Remembring,
different approaches of psychopathology and also asses various Understanding
disordres with the help of various measurements. Creating
CLO2 Define stress and also outline the various sources and coping 1, 6,2
measures of stress. Discuss the symptoms and preventive Remembring
techniques of stress related disorders and also elaborate the various Creating
causes of psychotic disorders Understanding
CLO3 Illustrate the various underlie behavior responsible for anxiety 2,6
disorders. Discuss the causal factors associated with phobia and Understanding
mood disorders. Creating
CLO4 To Elaborate the biological basis of personality disorders and also 6
discuss the various levels of Mental disorders. Creating

Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs


Course Program Learning Outcomes Program Specific
(PLOs) Outcomes(PSOs)
Learning
PLO10

PLO11

PLO12
PLO1

PLO2

PLO3

PLO4

PLO5

PLO6

PLO7

PLO8

PLO9

PSO1

PSO2

PSO3

PSO4
Outcomes

L M M H
CLO1

L M M H
CLO2

L H M H
CLO3

L M M H
CLO4

H: High M: Medium L: Low

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
INDIAN ECONOMY

BEM3001-EC
L T P C
4 1 0 4

Course Learning Objectives (40 Hours)

 This course aims at understanding the basics of indian economy.

 Another aim is to impart an understanding of the agricultural development in India,


problems of agricultural development, Green revolution, etc.

 Aim is also to impart knowledge of the industrial sector like industrial development,
Industrial Policy of 1948, 1956, 1977 and 1991, industrial licensing policy, etc.

 Another aim being to impart knowledge about the external sector like role of foreign
trade, trends in exports and imports, etc.

Unit-I (08 Hours)


Basic feature of Indian economy and review of five year plans

National income- trends and composition, Sources of capital formation and savings. Sectoral
growth. Demographictrends in India and its effect on economic development. Occupational
structure of the labour force. Review of FYPs in India.

Unit-II (10 Hours)


Agriculture: Problems of agricultural development- trends in products and productivity of food
and non-food crops. Land reforms, agricultural finance and marketing. Green revolution, its
feature and economic implications. Public distribution of food-grains. Co-operation- its role in
Indian economy, its achievements and weaknesses.

Unit-III(12 Hours)
Industry: Industrial development during the planning period. Industrial policy of 1948,
1956,1977 and 1991. Industrial licensing policy – MRTP Act, FERA and FEMA. Growth and

problems of small-scale industries. Role of Public sector enterprises in India‘s industrialization.


Impact of economic reforms on Indian industrial sector after 1991.

Unit-IV(10 Hours)

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
External Sector: Role of foreign trade. Trends in exports and imports. Composition and

direction of India‘s foreign trade. Balance of payments crises and new economic reforms –
export promotion measures and the new trade policies. Foreign Capital – FDI, Multinational
corporations (MNCs).

1. Agarwal, A. N. Indian Economy – Problems of Development Planning, Wiley Eastern

Ltd., Calcutta (latest edition).

2. Ahluwalia, I.J. and I.M.D. Little (eds.) (1999). India‘s Economic Reforms and

Development: Essays in honour of Manmohan Singh, Oxford University Press, New Delhi.

TEXT BOOKS:

 Agrawal, A.N. Indian Economy- Problems of Developmental Planning, Wiley Eastern


Ltd, Calcutta(latest edition).

 Ahluwalia, I.J and I.M.D. Little(eds)(1999). India‘s Economic Reforms and


Development: Essays in honour of Manmohan Singh, Oxford University Press, New
Delhi.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Alam, K. (ed.) (1993). Agricultural Development in North East India: Constraints


and Prospects, Deep & Deep Publications, New Delhi.

2. Choudhuri, Pramit. (1975). Aspects of Indian Economic Development, Lord George


Allen & Unwin Ltd., London.

3. Dutt, R.C. (1950). The Economic History of India Under Early British Rule, Low
Price Publications, Delhi.

4. Dutt, Ruddar and K.P.M. Sundaram (2001). Indian Economy, S. Chand & Co. Ltd.,
New Delhi

5. Economic and Political Weekly, Bombay (Relevant Issues).

6. Gadgil, D.R. (1971). The Industrial Evolution in India in Recent Times, 1860-1939,
Oxford University Press, Bombay.

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
7. Government of India, Economic Survey (Annual). Economic Division, Ministry of
Finance, New Delhi.

8. Jalan, B. (1992). The Indian Economy, Problems and Prospects, Viking, New Delhi.

9. Misra, S.K. and V.K. Puri (2001). Indian Economy – Its Development Experience,

Himalaya Publishing House, Mumbai.

10. North-Eastern Council (2000). Basic Statistics of North-Eastern Region.

11. Wadhwa, C.D. (ed.), Some Problems of Indian Economic Policy, Tata McGraw Hill,
New Delhi (latest edition)

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): On completion of this course, the students will be able
to:

CLO Description Bloom’s


Taxonomy Level

CLO1 Understand and analyze the basic feature of Indian 2,4


economy and review of five year plans
Understand,
Analyze

CLO2 Understand and analyze understanding of the agricultural 2, 4,5


development in India, problems of agricultural
Understand, Analyze,
development, Green revolution.
Evaluate

CLO3 Understand and analyze the working of the industrial 2, 4


sector like industrial development, Industrial Policy of
Understand,
1948, 1956, 1977 and 1991, industrial licensing policy.
Analyze

CLO4 Understand and analyze the working of external sector 2, 4


like role of foreign trade, trends in exports and imports.
Understand,
Analyze

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs
Program Program Specific
Learning Outcomes(PSO
Outcomes (PLOs) s)
Course

Learning

PLO10

PLO11

PLO12
PLO1

PLO2

PLO3

PLO4

PLO5

PLO6

PLO7

PLO8

PLO9

PSO1

PSO2

PSO3

PSO4
Outcomes

CLO1 M L

CLO2 M L

CLO3 M L

CLO4 M L

H: High M: Medium L: Low

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
HUMAN VALUES AND ETHICS
XHUX-601
L T P C
2 0 0 2
Course Learning Objectives:

 To make students recall and apply the basic human values.


 To recommend them a training in human relationship for appreciating family and society.
 To organize and prioritize them in a manner in which they can be adaptable to the
nature.
 To develop the skills to identify the characteristics of people and the Eco-friendly
production system.

UNIT-I (06 Hours)

Requirement of Value Education, Fundamental Guidelines, Content, and Methodology for


Value Education
Appreciating the need, Fundamental Guidelines, Content and Methodology for Value Education,
Self-Investigation: Methodology and Content. Fundamental Human Aspirations: Uninterrupted
Happiness and Prosperity. A Critical Evaluation of the present situation: Understanding
Happiness and Prosperity rightly, Harmonious Living at all levels.

UNIT-II (04 Hours)

Understanding Harmony in the Individual - Harmony within Self


An individual as Co-existence of Sentient Self (‗I‘) and Physical Body.
Learning by distinguishing the needs of Self (‗I‘) and ‗Body‘ - Happiness and Prosperity
Problems related to identity crisis, depression, lack of motivation, traumatic childhood.
Harmony of Self (‗I‘) with the physical Body: Self-control and Health; Understanding Physical
Needs. Understanding suicide and psychosomatic problems.

UNIT– III (06 Hours)


Human Relationship: Appreciating Harmony in Family and Society
Fundamentals for Harmony in Family as basic unit of human interaction Understanding values in
human to human relationship. Family problems, domestic violence, relationship issues among

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
youth. Understanding society as an extension of Family;Social crimes; causes, factors leading to
such.
UNIT- IV (06 Hours)
Existence as Co-existence; Understanding Harmony in the Nature and Existence
Harmony in Nature and its critical appraisal in the present scenario.
UNIT– V (06 Hours)
Positive Psychology & Professional Ethics
Competence in Professional Ethics:
a) Capacity to utilize the professional competence for expanding Universal Human Order
b) Skill to identify the scope and characteristics of people-friendly and eco-friendly production
systems
c) Ability to identify and develop appropriate technologies and management Patterns for above
production systems
Text Book:
T1. Gaur, R.R.,Sangal, R., and Bagaria, G.P. (2009) ―A Foundation Course in Human Values
and Professional Ethics‖ Excel Books Private Limited. New Delhi.

Reference Books:

R1.Illich, I.(1974) ―Energy & Equity‖ The Trinity Press, Worcester and Harper Collins,USA.

R2.Schumacher, E.F. (1973) ―Small is Beautiful: A Study of Economics as if People Mattered‖


Blond & Briggs, Britain.

R3.Sussan, G.(1976) ―How the Other Half Dies”, Penguin Press, Reprinted 1991.

R4.Meadows, D.H.,Meadows, D.L. Randers, J., Bchrens, W.W.III (1972) ―Limits lo Growth
Club of Rome‘s report‖, Universe Books.

R5.Nagraj, A. (1998) ―Jeevan Vidyaek Parichay‖ Divya Path Sansthan, Amarkantak.

R6.SeebauerE.G. and Berry, R.L. (2000) ―Fundamentals of Ethics for Scientists &Engineers‖
Oxford University Press.

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO)
On completion of this course, the students will be able to:
CLO Description Bloom’s
Taxonomy
Level
CLO1 Requirement of Value Education, Fundamental Guidelines, 2, 4, 5
Content, and Methodology for Value Education- Understanding
Explain the need, Fundamental Guidelines,Content and Analyzing,
Methodology for Value Education,Self-Inspect:Methodology Evaluating
and Content. Fundamental Human Aspirations:Uninterrupted
Happiness and Prosperity. A Critical Evaluation of the
present situation:Understanding Happiness and Prosperity
rightly, Harmonious Living at all levels.
CLO2 Outlining Harmony in the Individual -Harmony within Self - 2,5, 4,
An individual as Co-existence of Sentient Self (‗I‘) and Understanding,
Physical Body. Evaluating
Learning by distinguishing the needs of Self (‗I‘) and ‗Body‘ Analyzing
- Happiness and Prosperity
Problems related to identity crisis, depression, lack of
motivation, traumatic childhood.
Harmony of Self (‗I‘) with the physical Body: Self-control and
Health;Interpret Physical Needs. Analyzing suicide and
psychosomatic problems.
CLO3 Human Relationship:Demonstrating Harmony in Family and 2,3, 5,
Society Understanding,
Fundamentals for Harmony in Family as basic unit of human Apply
interaction Identifying values in human to human Evaluating
relationship. Family problems, domestic violence, relationship
issues among youth. Understanding society as an extension of
Family;Social crimes;causes, and determining factors
leading to such problems..
Existence as Co-existence; Illustrate Harmony in the Nature
and Existence 2,5,
CLO4 Harmony in Nature and its critical appraisal in the present Understanding
scenario. Evaluating,

CLO 5 Positive Psychology & Professional Ethics 6,3,5


Competence in Professional Ethics: Creating,
a) Developing skill to utilize the professional competence for Applying,
expanding Universal Human Order Evaluating
b) Skill to identify the scope and characteristics of people-
friendly and Eco-friendly production systems.
c) Ability to identify and prioritize appropriate technologies
and management Patterns for above production systems

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs

Program Program
Learning Specific
Outcomes Outcomes(PSOs)
Course (PLOs)

Learning

PLO10

PLO11

PLO12
PLO1

PLO2

PLO3

PLO4

PLO5

PLO6

PLO7

PLO8

PLO9

PSO1

PSO2

PSO3

PSO4
Outcomes

L M M H
CLO1

L M M H
CLO2

L H M H
CLO3

L M M H
CLO4

L M M H
CLO5

H: High M: Medium L: Low

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
B.A. LL.B. (HONS.)
II Year IV SEMESTER
LEGAL LANGUAGE
BLA4009
L T P C
4 1 0 4
Course Learning Objective:

To understand and state the basic concepts of law and the evolution of legal institution
and types of law.
To understand and analyze the various sources of law.
To let the students understand, analyze and apply methods of legal research, legal
maxim, Latin words and how to use legal materials.
To let the students examine and apply the rules of legal drafting, formal correspondence;
note taking and legal essay writing.

UNIT - I (12 Hours)

Nature, Meaning of Law- Evolution of law and legal institutions

Significance and Relevance to Modern Civilized Society

Classification of laws: Public and Private Law, Substantive and Procedural Law,
Municipal and International Law.

Sources of Law: Custom; Precedent, Ratio, Obiter; Legislation.

Legislation as a modern source; kinds of legislation

UNIT - II (12 Hours)

Legal Language Meaning and Importance


Legal Terms: Meaning; Some Important legal terms
Some important English, Greek and Latin legal words and phrases
Legal Maxims: Meaning; Some important Legal Maxims-descriptions
UNIT – III (12 Hours)

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Importance of legal research; Techniques of Legal Research: Doctrinal, Empirical Research,
Legal writings and citations.
Legal materials: Meaning of Case law, Statutes, Reports, Journals, Manuals, and Digests.

UNIT - IV (12
Hours)

Legal Drafting: Plaints; Written Statements; Pleadings; Deeds of Agreement


Translation: Hindi to English, English to Hindi
Formal correspondence; note taking
Legal essay writing

TEXT BOOKS:

T1 Dr. Srikanta Mishra, Legal Language and Legal writing, Pioneer Publications
T2 Prof. K.L. Bhatia, Legal Language and Legal writing, Universal Law Publishing
Company, New Delhi
T3 Dr. Anirudh Prasad, Legal Language, 7th ed., Cenral Law Publication, 2013.
T4 P.K.Mishra, Legal Language and Legal Writing, Allahabad law Agency
T5 J.S.Singh, Legal Language, Writing and General English, Allahabad Law Agency
T6 G.S.Sharma, Legal Language, Legal Writing and General English, Universal Book
House Pvt. Ltd.
T7 Gokulesh Sharma; An Introduction to Legal Theories; Deep and Deep Publications,
Jan 1, 2008

REFERENCE BOOKS:
R1 Herbirt Brown, A solution of Legal Maxims (Reprint 1988), Sweet & Maxwell
R2 Ministry of Law, Justice & Company Affairs, Govt. of India, Legal Glossary
R3 Black's, Law Dictionary (2000), Universal, Delhi.
R4 Broom‘s, Legal Maxim, (2000), Universal, Delhi

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Course Learning Outcomes(CLO): On completion of this course, the students will be able
to:

CLO Description Bloom’s


Taxonomy Level

CLO1 By the end of this course, the students will be able to tell the 1, 2, 3,4
definition, meaning, nature, Evolution of law and legal
institutions and analyze significance and relevance of law in Remembering,
modern civilized society the; interpret the sources of law Understanding
and its types and will be able to classify the types of Apply
legislations:
Analyzing
CLO2 The students will be able to interpret the meaning and 1,2, 3, 4
importance of legal language tell and apply the legal maxim;
Students will be able to be analyze English, Greek and Latin Remembering,
legal words and phrases. Understanding,
Applying,
Analyzing,

CLO3 The students will be able to interpret the importance of legal 1,2, 3, 4
research and techniques of Legal Research and to apply the
Doctrinal, Empirical research methodology; The students will Remembering,
be able to analyze different types of legal material and tell Understanding,
the importance of legal research. Applying,
Analyzing
CLO4 The students will be able to interpret Legal Drafting and legal 1,2, 3, 4,6
documents and to tell the fundamental rules of pleading
create translation of different English and Hindi text, and to Remembering,
develop Legal essay writing skills, to analyze the essentials Understanding,
of Formal correspondence and note taking. Applying,
Analyzing
Create

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs

Program Program
Learning Specific
Outcomes Outcomes(PSOs)
Course (PLOs)

Learning

PLO10

PLO11

PLO12
PLO1

PLO2

PLO3

PLO4

PLO5

PLO6

PLO7

PLO8

PLO9

PSO1

PSO2

PSO3

PSO4
Outcomes

L M M M M H M L M M H
CLO1

M M M M L H H L M M H
CLO2

L M M H M H M L M M H
CLO3

M L M M M H H L M M H
CLO4

H: High M: Medium L: Low

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
LAW OF CONSTITUTION -II
BLA 4005
L T P C
4 1 0 4
Course Learning Outcomes:
 The students will be able to analyse working of Constitutional Functionaries.

 The students will be able to Define interrelation among the parts of Government .

 The students will be able to analyse Judicial Activism.

 The students will be able to understand the Emergency Concepts.

UNIT- I (12 Hours)

 President of India- election, qualification, salary, impeachment; powers- legislative,


executive and discretionary
 Prime Minister- cabinet system, council of ministers, collective responsibility, position of
the Prime Minister
 Governor and State Government- Constitutional relationship, appointment; qualification,
term of office and powers including ordinance-making and to grant pardons, etc.
 Legislative privileges and Fundamental Rights
UNIT- II (12 Hours)

Constitution of Parliament, qualification for membership of Parliament, qualification,


duration, powers, privileges and immunities of Parliament and its members
Constitution of Legislatures in States- composition, duration, qualification, powers, privileges
and immunities of State legislature and its members
Legislative Procedure- rules of procedure; provisions as to introduction and passing of Bills;
definition of Money Bill- special procedure in respect of Money Bill
Procedure in Parliament with respect to estimates; Appropriation Bills; special procedure as
to Financial Bills
Freedom of trade, commerce and intercourse
Services under the Constitution- doctrine of pleasure (Art.310); protection against arbitrary
dismissal, removal or reduction in rank (Art. 311); exceptions to Article 311
UNIT-III (12 Hours)

Judiciary: Independence of judiciary


Supreme Court Judges: Appointment, removal, impeachment,

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Jurisdiction of Supreme Court: Original, Appellate, Advisory,
Court of Record;
State Judiciary: High Court Judges: Appointment, Transfer, Removal, Promotion,
Jurisdiction
Subordinate Judiciary
Nature and power of judicial review
Judicial independence
UNIT- IV (12 Hours)

Emergency- Meaning and Scope


National Emergency, State Emergency, Financial Emergency
Proclamation of Emergency- Conditions; Effect of Emergency on Centre- State relations;
Emergency and Suspension of Fundamental Rights
Constitutional Amendment- Methods of constitutional amendment; development of the
basic
Structure doctrine
Relationship between the Union and the States- legislative relations and administrative
relations
Administrative Tribunals
TEXT BOOKS:

T1. D.D.Basu, Shorter Constitution of India, 2001 Wadhwa, Nagpur


T2. Shukla V.N., Constitution of India, Lucknow: Eastern Book Co.,
T3. B.K.Sharma, Introduction to Constitution of India, Prentice Hall.
T4. J.N. Pandey ,Constitution of India.,47th ed., Central Law Agency, 2014.
T5. P.M. Bakshi. Constitution of India..12th ed., Universal Publication, 2013
T6. M.V.Pylee, Constitutional Government in India, Asia Publishing House
T7.R.C.Agarwal, National Movement & Constitutional Development, S.Chand
Publishing Company

REFERENCE BOOKS:

R1 Seervai H.M. Constitutional Law of India, Bombay: N. M. Tripathi Pvt. Ltd.


R2 M.P.Jain, Constitution of India, Wadhwa Nagpur
R3. Subhash S. Kashyap, Perspective of the Constitution, Universal Publication.

ACTS:

The Constitution of India, 1950

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Course Learning Outcomes(CLO):On completion of this course, the students will be able
to:

CLO Description Bloom’s Taxonomy


Level

CLO1 By the end of this course the students will be able 1,2,3, 4
to define the working of the Government. He will
able to identify and explain the Executive, Remembering,
Legislative and Judicial functions of the
Government. Demonstrate the constitutional Understanding,
provisions related to their working Apply,
CLO2 The Student will be able to recognize the 2, 3, 4
application of constitutional provisions
regarding constitutional Machineries and will be Understanding,
able to practice it with case laws.The students
will be able to differentiate between judicial Applying,
part of the government and its comparison with Analyzing
other legislations.
The Student will be able to find out working of
Executives by knowing the Doctrine of Pleasure.
CLO3 The students will be able to illustrate the Freedom of 2, 3, 4
trade, commerce and intercourse of the Government
Understanding,
and also able inspect it with case laws. Students will be
able to explain the power of judiciary its independence Applying, Analyzing
along with the ability to compare it with judicial
activism.

CLO4 The students will be able to explain the emergency 2, 3, 4


provisions of the constitution and develop skill to
justify different situations concerning impositions of Understanding,
Emergency powers by President and Governor.The Applying,
students will be able to analyse the situations in
which Basic Structure doctrines works. Analyzing

Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs

Program Program Specific


Learning Outcomes(PSOs
BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Outcomes (PLOs) )

Course

Learning

PLO10

PLO11

PLO12
PLO1

PLO2

PLO3

PLO4

PLO5

PLO6

PLO7

PLO8

PLO9

PSO1

PSO2

PSO3

PSO4
Outcomes

CLO1 H H L H M M M

CLO2 H H L H M M M

CLO3 H H M L L L H M M M

CLO4 H H L H M M M

H: High M: Medium L: Low

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
LAW OF CRIME-II

BLA 4006
L T P C
4 1 0 4
Course Learning Objective: (48 Hours)
 To analyze the different types of offence against human body.

 To develop the understanding of offences against women


 To know the essentials and the punishment for the offences against property.
 To examine the exceptions to defamation and the offences relating to document
UNIT – I (12 Hours)

 Culpable homicide
 Murder – when culpable homicide is not murder, difference between culpable homicide
and murder
 Rash and negligent act causing death
 Dowry death
 Hurt – Simple and grievous
 Wrongfull restraint and wrongfull confinement
 Kidnapping and abduction

UNIT – II (12 Hours)

 Obscene acts and songs


 Outraging the modesty of women
 Causing miscarriage without women‘s consent
 Rape
 Cruelty by husband or his relatives
 Prohibition of indecent representation of women

Unit III (12 Hours)

 Theft, Extortion, Robbery and Dacoity


 Criminal misappropriation and Criminal breach of trust
 Cheating
 Mischief
 Criminal trespass
BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
 House breaking at night

Unit IV (12 Hours)

 Forgery
 Defamation
 Counterfeiting of Currency note
 Criminal intimidation.

ACT

 The Indian Penal Code, 1860, Eastern Book Company

TEXT BOOKS:

T1. RatanLal&Dhiraj Law, Indian Penal Code, Lexis Nexis Lexis Wadhwa Publication

T2. K. D. Gaur - A Text Book on the Indian Penal Code, Universal Publication

T3. Prof. S.N. Mishra, Indian Penal code, Central Law Publications

T4. B.M. Gandhi, Indian Penal Code, Eastern Book Company

REFERENCE BOOKS:

R1. Pillai, PSA, Criminal Law, LexisNexis Butterworths India, 2008.

R2. Hall, Jerome. General Principles of Criminal Law. Second Edition. Originally published:
Indianapolis: The Bobbs Merrill Company, [1960]. xii, 642 pp. Reprinted 2005, 2010 by
The Lawbook Exchange, Ltd

R3. R.C.Nigam, Criminal Law, Asia Publishing House.

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Course Learning Outcomes(CLO): On completion of this course, the students will be able
to:

CLO Description Bloom’s


Taxonomy Level

CLO1 List the essentials of the offences against body 1,2,3,4,5,6


including offences against women. Demonstrate
the understanding of the provisions of the offences Remembering,
against body by case analysis. Will be able to Understanding,
differentiate and discuss the various offences Apply, Analyzing,
against body. The students will be able to Evaluate, Create
compare the applicability of the provisions
relating to these offences.
CLO2 List the different offences against women and 1,2,4,5,6
examine them with the help of cases. Will be able
to differentiate and discuss the various offences Remember,
against women. The students will be able to Understanding,
compare the provisions relating to these offences. Analyzing,
Evaluate, Create

CLO3 Tell the essentials of the offences relating to 1,2,3,4,5,6


property and illustrate the difference between
various offences like, theft, robbery, extortion, etc. Remember,
The students will be able to determine acts falling Understanding,
under the category of offences against property Apply, Analyzing,
and examine the liability of the offenders. The Evaluating, Create
students will be able to compare the applicability
of the provisions relating to these offences.
CLO4 List out the essentials of the provisions relating to 1,2,3,4,5,6
offences dealing with documents. The students will
be able to explain and apply the law relating to Remember,
offences with respect to documents like forgery etc. The Understanding,
students will be able to analyze and interpret the Applying,
requirements for establishing offence relating to Analyzing,
documents and the offence of defamation. The Create
students will be able to compare the provisions
relating to these offences.

Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Course Program Learning Outcomes Program Specific
(PLOs) Outcomes(PSOs)
Learning

PLO10

PLO11

PLO12
PLO1

PLO2

PLO3

PLO4

PLO5

PLO6

PLO7

PLO8

PLO9

PSO1

PSO2

PSO3

PSO4
Outcomes

H M M H H M H L
CLO1

H M M H H M H L
CLO2

H M M H H M H L
CLO3

H M M H H M H L
CLO4

H: High M: Medium L: Low

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
FAMILY LAW – II (MUSLIM LAW)
BLA4007
L T P C
4 1 0 4
Course learning Objective: (48
Hours)

To understand and apply the general principles and sources of Muslim Law and the
essentials of a Muslim marriage.
To analyze the the basic concepts of dower and divorce.
To let the students know, analyze and apply the basic postulates of the Muslim law on Will,
Gift, Acknowledgement.
To make the students understand the concept of Pre-emption and inheritance under Islamic
Law.

UNIT - I (12 Hours)

Nature & Sources of Muslim Law: Who is Muslim?


Modern sources – Equity, Justice and good conscience, Precedent and Legislation; Schools
of Muslim Law: Sunni School of Muslim Law, Shia School of Muslim Law. Muslim
Marriage: Nature concepts of Muslim Marriage, Essential conditions of a valid marriage,
prohibitions / disabilities.
Kinds of Marriage -Classification of marriage and effects of valid, irregular marriage - Muta
marriage, void marriage.

UNIT – II (12 Hours)


Mehr/ Dower: Definition, Concept, Kinds of Dower, Rights of Wife in case of Unpaid Mehr,
endorsement of dower including widow‘s right of retention.
Matrimonial Remedies under Islamic Law: Classification of Divorce under Muslim personal
Law, Nullity of marriage; Option of puberty; Restitution of conjugal rights ;Judicial
separation; Grounds for divorce under Muslim Law; Grounds for Divorce under Indian
Dissolution of Muslim Marriage Act 1939.

UNIT – III (12


Hours)
Parentage, Acknowledgement and legitimacy.
Gift (Hiba): definition, classification and essentials of gift.
Gift during death illness (MarsulMawt).
Testamentary Disposition (Will): nature, objective and meaning of will.
BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Waqf; definition and essentials of will, kinds of waqf.

UNIT – IV (12
Hours)
Alimony and Maintenance: Alimony and Maintenance as an independent Remedy- A review
under Muslim law
Guardianship under Muslim Law, Entitlement to guardianship, Rights, obligations and
disqualification of a guardian.
Pre-emption – Origin, Definition, Classification, Subject matter, formalities, effects,
constitutional validity.
Inheritance, heritable property, entitlement to inheritance

TEXT BOOKS:
T1. A. M. Bhattachargee - Muslim Law and the Constitution.,Wastern Law House Prvt Ltd.
T2. ParasDiwan, Family Law, Allahabad Law Agency.
T3. Kusum&P.P.Sexena, Lecture on Hindu Law, Lexis Nexis Butterworth
T 4. Dr. R K Singh, Text book on Muslim Law, Universal Publication,2 edition,2015.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
R1. Muslim Women (Protection of Right on Divorce) Act, 1986, Eastern Book Company
R2. Fyzee, A.A.A., Outlines of MohammadanLaw ,Oxford University Press.
R3. Mahmood, T., Muslim Law of India., Universal Publication Company.
R4. Mulla - Principles of Mohammedan Law., Lexis Nexis.
R5. ParasDiwan - Law of Intestate and Testamentary Succession. Allahabad Law Agency.

ACTS:

The Muslim Women ( Protection of Right of Divorce) Act, 1986, Eastern Book Company.

Course Learning Outcomes(CLO): On completion of this course, the students will be able
to:

CLO Description Bloom’s Taxonomy


Level

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
CLO1 By the end of this course, the students will be able to 1, 2,3, 4,5,6
tell the Nature & Sources of Muslim Law: Who is
Muslim?Modern sources – Equity, Justice and good Remembering,
conscience, Precedent and Legislation; Schools of
Muslim Law: Sunni School of Muslim Law, Shia Understanding,
School of Muslim Law. Define Muslim Marriage,
Applying, Analyzing,
Demonstrate the understanding of the Muslim
Marriage,Discuss the Nature concepts of Muslim Evaluating,
Marriage, Essential conditions of a valid marriage,
prohibitions /disabilities, Classify Kinds of Marriage Creating
and effects of valid, irregular marriage - Muta
marriage, void marriage. Will be able to Compare
between Sunni School of Muslim Law, Shia School of
Muslim Law.
CLO2 The students will be able to Define Mehr/ Dower 1, 2,3, 4,5,6
Explain the Concept, Kinds of Dower, Examine the
Rights of Wife in case of Unpaid Mehr, endorsement Remembering,
of dower including widow‘s right of retention. Understanding,Applying,
Elaborate Matrimonial Remedies under Islamic Law: Analyzing,Evaluating,Creating
Classification of Divorce under Muslim personal Law,
What is Nullity of marriage; Option of puberty;
Restitution of conjugal rights ;Judicial
separation;Application of Grounds for divorce under
Muslim Law; Grounds for Divorce under Indian
Dissolution of Muslim Marriage Act 1939.
CLO3 The students will be able to Define Gift 1, 2,3, 4,5,6
(Hiba),Testamentary Disposition (Will) and Waqf
illustrate Parentage, Acknowledgement and Identify Remembering,
the concept of legitimacy,Gift (Hiba): classification
and essentials of gift, Elaborate Gift during death Understanding,
illness (Marsul Mawt), The students will be able to
Applying, Analyzing,
determine the concept and nature of Testamentary
Disposition (Will): nature, objective and meaning of Evaluating,
will. Examine the Waqf and essentials of will,Classify
the kinds of waqf. Creating
CLO4 The students will be able to Define Alimony and 1, 2,3, 4,5,6
Maintenance, Pre-emption under Muslim law, explain and
apply the law relating Guardianship under Muslim Law, Remembering,
Entitlement to guardianship, Rights, obligations and
Evaluate the disqualification of a guardian and law of Pre- Understanding,
emption – Origin,Classification, Subject matter, formalities,
effects, and Discuss its constitutional validity.. The students Applying, Analyzing,
will be able to analyze Alimony and Maintenance: Alimony
BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
and Maintenance as an independent Remedy- A review under Evaluating,
Muslim law. Inheritance, heritable property, entitlement to
inheritance Creating

Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs

Program Program Specific


Learning Outcomes(PSOs)
Outcomes (PLOs)
Course

Learning

PLO10

PLO11

PLO12
PLO1

PLO2

PLO3

PLO4

PLO5

PLO6

PLO7

PLO8

PLO9

PSO1

PSO2

PSO3

PSO4
Outcomes

H M M M H M
CLO1

H M M L H M
CLO2

H H M M L H M H
CLO3

H M M L L H H
CLO4

H: High M: Medium L: Low

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
POLITICAL IDEOLOGIES

BHU-4017
LTPC

4104

Course Learning Objectives:

 To focus on the close link between an idea and its actual realization in public policy.
 To develop an understanding about the different ideologies and their impact in politics.
 To develop a nuanced understanding about the philosophical basis of the ideologies.
 To understand the relevance of ideologies in contemporary politics.

UNIT-1

Political Ideologies: Meaning and Content.

Liberalism, Neo- Liberalism, Libertarianism, Communitarianism.

UNIT-2

Marxims and Marxist Schools of Thoughts, Socialism, Evolutionary socialism, Fabianism,


Democratic Socialism, Syndicalism, guiidsocialism .

UNIT-3

Fascism and National Socialism

Anarchism, Gandhism, Terrorism

UNIT-4

Nationalism, conservatism, Feminism, Environmentalism

Readings:

B. Anderson, Imagined Communities, London, Verso, 1991.

S. Avineri and A. de Shalit (eds.), Communitarianism and Individualism, Oxford University


Press, 1992.
BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
L. P. Baradat, Political Ideologies: Their Origins and Impact, Englewood Cliffs NJ, Prentice
Hall, 1989.Political Science 75

W. T. de Bary, Confucianism in Action, Stanford CA, Stanford University Press, 1959.

————, The Liberal Tradition in China, Hong Kong and New York, Chinese University of
Hong Kong Press, 1983.

D. Bell, The End of Ideology, New York, The Free Press, 1960.

R. N. Berki, Socialism, London, John Dent and Sons, 1975.

Sir I. Berlin, ―Nationalism: Past Neglect and Present Power‖ in H. Hardy (ed.) Against the
Current, Oxford, Oxford University Press, 1981.

C. Boggs, The Socialist Tradition: From Crisis to Decline, New York, Routledge, 1995.

J. Bondurant, Conquest of Violence: The Gandhian Philosophy of Conflict, Berkeley, University


of California Press, 1965.

R. M. Christenson, et al., Ideologies and Modern Politics, London, Thomas Nelson and Sons,
1971.

R. H. Cox, Ideology, Politics and Political Theory, Belmont California, Wadsworth, 1969.

R. A. Daniels, A Documentary History of Communism and the West: From Revolution to


Collapse, New York, Holt, 1993.

L. Derfler, Socialism since Marx: A Century of the European Left, London, Macmillan, 1973.

H. A. Fingarette, Confucius: The Secular as Sacred, New York, Harper and Row, 1972.

M. Foley (ed.), Ideas that Shape Politics, Manchester UK, Manchester University Press, 1994.

F. Fukuyama, The End of History and the Last Man, Harmondsworth, Penguins, 1992.

Andrew Heywood, Political ideologies ( An Introduction) Macmillan

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO)
On completion of this course, the students will be able to:
CLO Description Bloom’s
Taxonomy Level

CLO1 Explain the basic concept and objective of Liberalism, Neo- 2, 4, 5


Liberalism, Libertarianism, Communitarianism. Investigate
the historical development of Liberalism, Neo- Liberalism, Understanding,
Libertarianism, Communitarianism. Assess these theories in
Analyzing,
respect with different global political systems.
Evaluating

CLO2 Discuss the various forms of Marxism and Socialism. 2,4,5


Differentiate Marxism and Marxist Schools of Thoughts,
Socialism, Evolutionary socialism, Fabianism, Democratic Understanding
Socialism, Syndicalism and Guild socialism. Examine the
Analyzing,
differences among above theories on the basis of their
characteristics. Evaluating

CLO3 Describe Fascism and National Socialism, Anarchism, 2, 4,5


Gandhism, Terrorism. Debate about the concept of Fascism
and National Socialism, Anarchism, Gandhism and Terrorism. Understanding,
Assess the above concepts in the contemporary global world Analyzing,
order.
Evaluating

CLO4 Explain Nationalism, conservatism, Feminism, 2,4,5


Environmentalism. Debate and Compare the idea of
Nationalism, conservatism, Feminism, Environmentalism in Understanding,
Western & Indian context.
Analyzing,
Evaluating.

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs

Program Program Specific


Learning Outcomes(PSOs)
Outcomes (PLOs)
Course

Learning

PLO10

PLO11

PLO12
PLO1

PLO2

PLO3

PLO4

PLO5

PLO6

PLO7

PLO8

PLO9

PSO1

PSO2

PSO3

PSO4
Outcomes

M L L M L H M M L M M M
CLO1

M L L M L H H M M H M M
CLO2

M M M M H M H H H H H L M L M
CLO3

M H M M H M H H H M H L L M L M
CLO4

H: High M: Medium L: Low

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
SOFT SKILLS
BSS4501
LTPC

24

Course Learning Objective:

• To make students understand the relevance of soft skills.


• To help students develop their verbal and non verbal communication skills.
• To help students learn and apply personal and professional skills.
• To introduce, demonstrate and help students use correct etiquettes in formal and informal
settings.
• To train the students to be suitable for employment.

Unit 1: Icebreaking [01]

Introduction to soft skills, expectations from the course: Importance of soft skills, expectations
from the course, skills that need to be updated.

Unit 2: Verbal Communication Skills [06]

Verbal Comprehension and Listening: Question and answers based on the read out passage,
importance of listening in comprehending, tips to improve listening skills

HAM/JAM: Tips to speak on HAM/JAM, practice of HAM/JAM

Public Speaking and Body Language: Do‘s and Don‘ts of public speaking, role of body language
in public speaking

Unit 3: Non Verbal Skills [07]

Application & E-mail writing: Email format, application format, e-mail etiquette and practice of
writing applications and emails.

Written Comprehension: Question and answers based on written passage, tips of answering
questions from written comprehension practice.

Role plays on various situations: Role play practice.


BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Unit 4: Personal Skills [01]

Grooming & Etiquette (Business etiquette, social etiquette): Dos & Don‘ts of business etiquette,
meeting etiquette and social etiquette

Unit 5: Professional Skills [09]

Positive Attitude & Confidence: Importance of positive attitude in a person‘s life. How to have a
positive attitude?

Leadership & Team work: Importance of leadership & team work in personal & professional
life. Qualities of a good team player. Difference between a leader & a manager.

GD Skills: What is a GD? Purpose of a GD, what is observed in a GD, how to initiate in a GD,
types of GD, do‘s and don‘t of a GD.

GD Practice: GD practice

Presentation skills: Tips on how to make an effective PPT

TEXT BOOKS:
T1. The Ace of Soft Skills- G Ramesh, Mhadevan Ramesh-2013 Edition
T2. Communication Skills for Engineers & Scientists- Sangeeta Sharma, Binod Mishra-2013
Edition
REFERENCE BOOKS:

R1 Personality Development by Rajiv Mishra-2014 Edition

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Course Learning Objective (CLO): On completion of this course the students will be able to

Bloom‘s Taxonomy
CLO Description
Level

CLO1 Discuss the Importance of Soft Skills Examine the skills


required to be updated. Compare the behavior and attitude 2,4,6 Discuss,
of the students Examine, Compare.

CLO2 Explain the Verbal Comprehension & listening skills.


Illustrate the role and importance of Verbal
Comprehension, listening skills, HAM/JAM, public 2, 3, 4, 6
speaking , body language, Examine the importance of Explain,
listening skills, HAM/JAM, public speaking , body Illustrate,
language. Evaluate on the basis Question & answers Evaluate,
based on read out passage. Compare the improvement in Compare
listening skills, body language.

CLO3 Describe the importance of email writing, application


writing, role play Demonstrate the format of email and
2, 3, 6,6
application. Evaluate through practice of writing
Describe,
applications, emails and evaluate role plays through
Demonstrate,
practice. Compare the actual knowledge from previous
Evaluate, Compare
knowledge of the students.

CLO4 Explain grooming & etiquette. Experiment business 2,4,4,56,6


etiquette, meeting Etiquette, social etiquette. Debate, Explain,
Conclude and Compare Do‘s & Don‘t of business Experiment,
etiquette. Construct their own opinion about the Debate,
grooming & etiquette. Construct,
Conclude,
Compare

CLO5 Explain professional skills, leadership & teamwork, GD 2,3,6,6,6


Skills & Presentation skills. Demonstrate the importance
of leadership and teamwork, GD Skills & presentation Explain, Demonstrate,

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
skills, Evaluate qualities of a good leader, qualities of a Evaluate, Debate,
good team player, difference between leader & a manager Conclude, Compare,
Debate, Conclude and Compare Importance, purpose, Construct
types, do‘s & don‘ts , difference between GD & Debate.
Construct the tips for making effective presentation

Mapping of CLOs with PLOs and PSOs

Cours Program Learning Outcomes Program Specific


e Outcomes (PSOs)
(PLOs)
Learn
ing

PLO10

PLO11

PLO12
PLO1

PLO2

PLO3

PLO4

PLO5

PLO6

PLO7

PLO8

PLO9

PSO1

PSO2

PSO3

PSO4
Outco
mes

CLO L M
1

CLO M
2

CLO H L M M
3

CLO L M
4

CLO5 H L M M

H: High M: Medium L: Low

Court-Internship- corporate Legal training - II


BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Credit Units: 02

Course Learning Objectives:


• The students should familiarize themselves with the various stages of trial in civil and
criminal cases.
• To get the practical exposure and acquaint with the drafting and pleading skills.
• The students should know how to face the real life professional situations
• To get an insight of the real court experience.
• They should be exposed to real court experience. Further they should imbibe the skills of
client interviewing.
• Students will be deputed to go to different Legal Firms/ courts/ Tribunals. They may also
get attached to some senior lawyers and prepare a case diary.
• The students will have to submit the report to the Office of Faculty of Law.
• An interview will be conducted based on their training and marks will be awarded
accordingly.

The Internship during the summer break is a compulsory course. Each student enrolled in 5
years LL.B integrated course shall undergo an internship for minimum 20 weeks during the
entire course under NGO, court, commissions, legal regulatory authorities, legislatures and
parliament, other legal functionaries, law firms, companies, local self government and other
such bodies as the university may stipulate.
The report by the student and the diary will be submitted for evaluation.
There is an Internship Data from where students fill in the details of where they are interning
with complete address and phone numbers. Customized Legal Reference /Diary are provided
to the students on payment. They will maintain a day to day record of the work that they do
at the place they are interning. They submit their completed diary, certificate from the
employer and also a report of their experience at work. After submission there is a Viva by
concerned faculty. They assess the student on the kind of work they have done during
internship, presentation of the work they have done and also on the practical knowledge they
have gained.
The Paper is marked out of 100 marks. The breakup of the marks is as follows:
1. Diary submission 25 Marks
2. Concise report of the work conducted / proceedings attended 25 Marks
3. Viva Voice 50 Marks
Total 100Maks

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): On completion of this course, the students will be able to:
CLOs Description Bloom‘s Taxonomy
Level
3
CLO1 Make use of Court room etiquettes while presenting cases
Applying
2, 3
CLO2 Identify and demonstrate effective communication skills, team
Understanding,
spirit, leadership quality, presentation skills, interpersonal skills
Applying
and professional etiquette.
4, 5
CLO3 Take part in case presentation and will be able to present and
Analysing,
defend cases comfortably and confidently influence the public
Evaluating
with professional competence.
6
CLO4 Improve overall communication and presentation skills and
Creating
adapt themselves to the court room environment.

Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs


Course Program Learning Program Specific
Outcomes (PLOs)
Learnin Outcomes (PSOs)
g
PLO10

PLO11

PLO12
PLO1
PLO2

PLO3

PLO4

PLO5

PLO6

PLO7

PLO8

PLO9

PSO1

PSO2

PSO3

PSO4
Outcome
s

CLO1 H H H H H H H H L H M M H

CLO2 H H H H H H H H L H M M H

CLO3 H H H H H H H H L H M M H

CLO4 H H H H H H H H L H M M H

H: High M: Medium L: Low

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
B.A. LL.B (HONS.)
III Year , V SEMESTER

Jurisprudence- I
BLA5006
L T P C
4 1 0 4
Course Learning Objective: (48 Hours)
 To state the general principles of Jurisprudence
 To understand the various schools of Jurisprudence
 To examine Natural School of Law and its exponents
 To explain the Relevance of jurisprudence in Modern law

UNIT – I (12 Hours)

 Introduction- Nature and scope of Jurisprudence.


 Study of Jurisprudence: Utility and importance.
 Definition of jurisprudence.
 Jurisprudence as a Social science, Sociology, Psychology, History, Economics, Ethics
and political science.
 Justice: Distributive Justice, Corrective Justice.

UNIT – II (12 Hours)

Analytical School: Legal Positivism, Austin , Bentham, Hart


Hart- Devlin debate
Hart- Dwarkin and Hart- Fullar Debate on Law and Morality
Historical School: Savigny, Henry Maine
Sociological School- Ihering, Ehrlich, Pound and Dugit

UNIT – III: (12 Hours)

 Natural School of Law: Thomas Aquinas, Grotius, Hobbes, Locke and Rousseau
 Rawl‘s Theory of Justice
 School of Legal Realism: Jerome Frank, Criticism of legal realism

UNIT - IV (12 Hours)


i. Contemporary approach of jurisprudence in India
ii. Concept and idea of justice
iii. Jurisprudential aspect in Judicial Decisions in India.
BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
TEXT BOOKS:

T1. V.D. Mahajan, Jurisprudence and Legal theory (1996 re-print), 5th ed. Eastern,
Lucknow
T2. Dhyani S.N., Jurisprudence: Jurisprudence and Indian Legal theory ,Central Law
Agency
T3. Jayakumar N. K., Lectures in Jurisprudence, Butterworths
T4. Dr. N V Paranjape, Studies in Jurisprudence and Legal Theory, 7th ed., Central Law
Agency, Allahabad
T5. B N Mani Tripathi, Jurisprudence the legal Theory, 19th ed., Allahabad Law Agency.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

R1. Bodenheimer, Jurisprudence – The Philosophy and Method of Law (1996),


Universal, Delhi.
R2. Fitzgerald, (ed.) Salmond on Jurisprudence (1999) Tripathi, Bombay
R3. W. Friedmann, Legal Theory (1999) Universal, Delhi
R4. M.D.A. Freeman (ed.) Lloyd‘s Introduction to Jurisprudence, (1994), Sweet &
Maxwell
R5. Paton G.W. Jurisprudence (1972) 14th ed. Oxford, ELBS
R6. H.L.A. Hart, The Concepts of Law (1970) Oxford, ELBS
R7. Roscoe Pond, Introduction to the Philosophy of Law (1998 Re-print) Universal, Delhi
R8. Dias, Jurisprudence (1994 First Indian re-print), Adithya Books, New Delhi

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Course Learning Outcomes(CLO): On completion of this course, the students will be able
to:

CLO Description Bloom’s


Taxonomy Level

CLO1 By the end of this course, the students will be 1,2,3,4,5,6


able to list the different definitions of
jurisprudence. Demonstrate the the application Remembering,
of the these defintions.. Will be able to Understanding,
differentiate between the defintions of different Apply, Analyzing,
jurists.Discuss the relationship between law and Evaluate, Create
jurisprudence. The students will be able to
compare the applicability of jurisprudence in
society.
CLO2 By the end of this course, the students will be 1,2,4,5,6
able to tell and compare the definition of the
Analytical school. Examine the general Remember,
principles of given by Austin and Bentham.Will Understanding,
be able to discuss the relevancy of Analytical Analyzing,
school. Evaluate, Create

CLO3 By the end of this course, the students will be 1,2,3,4,5,6


able to tell the importance of natural law. The
students will be able to illustrate the rules Remember,
relating to natural law. The students will be able Understanding,
to determine when the natural law is important Apply, Analyzing,
in the society. students will be able to compare Evaluating, Create
the applicability of the Hart and Dwarkin
theory.
CLO4 Students will be able to list out the general 1,2,3,4,5,6
principles law and justice. The students will be
able to explain and apply the relevancy of John Remember,
Rawls theory. The students will be able to analyze Understanding,
the concept of justice in Indian Constitution. The Applying,
students will be able to compare the different Analyzing,
judicial decisions. Create

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs

Program Program Specific


Learning Outcomes(PSOs)
Outcomes (PLOs)
Course

Learning

PLO10

PLO11

PLO12
PLO1

PLO2

PLO3

PLO4

PLO5

PLO6

PLO7

PLO8

PLO9

PSO1

PSO2

PSO3

PSO4
Outcomes

H M M H H M H L
CLO1

H M M H H M H L
CLO2

H M M H H M H L
CLO3

H M M H H M H L
CLO4

H: High M: Medium L: Low

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Criminal Procedure Code I
BLA 5011
L T P C
4 1 0 4

Course Learning Objective: (48 Hours)

To make the students Understand the rationale of criminal procedure and the classes of
different criminal courts.
To explain the students types and procedure of arrest.
To elaborate the concept of search and seizure.
To define and examine the concepts of bail, charge, discharge and complaint to Magistrate.

UNIT - I (12 Hours)

 Introduction ,Object,Scope and Extent of Cr.PC.

 Definitions and distinctions: Bailable and non-bailable offence; cognizable and non-
cognizable offence; inquiry and investigation; compoundable and non- compoundable
offence; and police report and compliant,warrant case and summon case.

 Criminal courts: Classes, constitution, powers and jurisdiction.

 Public Prosecutor and Asst. Public Prosecutors- duties, function and powers.

 Directorate of Prosecution

UNIT – II (12 Hours)


Arrest with or without a warrant
Arrest by a private person
Arrest by Magistrate
Arrest how made
Rights of arrested persons
First Information Report
Evidentiary value of F.I.R,
General Provisons related to search and seizure.

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Process to compel the production of things.
UNIT-III (12
Hours)
Information to police and their power to investigate
Preventive action of police
Process to compel appearance of person
proclaimation and attachment
cognizance of offence

UNIT – IV (12Hours)
Security for keeping peace and good behaviour.
Public nuisance and disputes as to immovable property.
Maintenance of public order and tranquility.
maintenance of wives ,children and parents.

TEXT BOOKS:
T1.Ratanlal&Dhiraj Lal, The Code of Criminal Procedure, Nagpur: Wadhwa& Co
T2. R V Kelkar, Lectures on Criminal Procedure, Lucknow, Eastern Book Co, 6th ed. , 2016

REFERENCE BOOKS:
R1. K N Chandrasekharan Pillai, R V Kelkar‘s Criminal Procedure, Eastern Book Co., 6th
ed., 2016.
ACTS:The Criminal Procedure Code, 1973
Course Learning Outcomes(CLO): On completion of this course, the students will be able to:

CLO Description Bloom’s


Taxonomy
Level

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
CLO1 By the end of this course, the students will be able to tell and 1, 2, 3, 4,
interpret the Object, Scope and Extent of Cr.PC. They will be able 5, 6
to distinguish Bailable and non-Bailable offences; cognizable and
non- cognizable offence; inquiry and investigation; compoundable Remembering,
and non- compoundable offence and will Examine the concept of understanding
police report, compliant, warrant case and summon case. They will Apply,
elaborate the classes of Criminal courts, Its constitution, powers and Analyzing,
jurisdiction. And will explain who is Public Prosecutor and Asst. Evaluating,
Public Prosecutors and what are their duties, function and powers Creating
and how they apply it. Explain the Directorate of Prosecution.

CLO2 By the end of this course students will be able to tell and interpret 1, 2, 3, 4,
the concept of arrest with or without a warrant. They will learn how 5,6
the Arrest is made by a private person or Magistrate. They will also
be able to discuss how Arrest is made and Examine the Rights of Remembering,
arrested persons. They will understand the utility of First Understanding,
Information Report and determine the evidentiary value of F.I.R. Apply,
They will list the General Provisions related to search and seizure Analyzing,
and will explain the Process to compel the production of things. Evaluating,
Creating
CLO3 The students will be able to define and Demonstrate the 1, 2, 3, 4, 5,6
Information to police and their power to investigate. The students
will be able to identify the Preventive action of police and Examine Remembering
the Process to compel appearance of person. Students will also understanding
Evaluate the proclamation and attachment, and will discuss the Apply,Analyz
cognizance of an offence. ing,Evaluating
, Creating

CLO4 The students will remember and be able to apply the concept of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5,6
Security for keeping peace and good behavior. They will also be able Remembering
to explain Public nuisance and disputes as to immovable property. understanding
And will determine and Explain the Maintenance of public order Apply,
and tranquility. The students will be able to analyze & discuss the Analyzing,
maintenance of wives, children and parents. Evaluating,
Creating

Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Course Program Learning Outcomes Program Specific
(PLOs) Outcomes(PSOs)
Learning

PLO10

PLO11

PLO12
PLO1

PLO2

PLO3

PLO4

PLO5

PLO6

PLO7

PLO8

PLO9

PSO1

PSO2

PSO3

PSO4
Outcomes

H H H H H M M H
CLO1
M M

CLO2 H H H H M M H
M M

CLO3 H H H H M M H
M M

H H L H H M M H
CLO4
M M

H: High M: Medium L: Low

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
LABOUR LAW- I
BLA 5008
L T P C
4 1 0 4
Course Learning Objective: (48 Hours)
To make the students Understand Employers and Employee under IDA Act,
To explain the students judicial review of power of government.
To elaborate the concept of search of welfare acts
To define and examine the concepts of Strike, Lock out, Retrenchment, Trade Unions,
Factories Act

UNIT - I (12
Hours)

Introduction to Law of Industrial Disputes Act, 1947 Aims and Objectives, Historical
development and background of labour law.
Concept of Industry, Industrial Dispute, Workmen and employers;
Difference between individual dispute and industrial dispute, Authorities under the Industrial
Dispute Act, 1947; Procedure, Power and Duties of Authorities
Concept of Lay-off – Closure - Retrenchment
Strike- Go-Slow, Lock Out
Unfair Labour Practices

UNIT – II (12 Hours)

Law relating to Appropriate Government- Award and settlement


Power of Government to refer Industrial Disputes for adjudication and Arbitration
Reference of Disputes to Boards, Courts or Tribunals Award and its binding nature
Judicial review of Awards
UNIT – III (12
Hours)
History and development of Trade Union Movement in India and need to form Trade Union,
the Membership of Trade Union,
Trade Unions Act, 1926: Salient features of the enactment and important definitions
Registration of Trade Union, Remedies in case of non-registration and cancellation of
registration of union, Funds of the Union
Privileges and immunity of registered Trade Union form certain acts and omissions
Collective bargaining

UNIT – IV (12
Hours)

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Philosophy of Labour Welfare, Historical Development of Labour Welfare
Factories Act - Concept of ―factory‖, Hazardous process
―Manufacturing process‖ ―worker‖ and ―occupier‖- General duties of occupier
Measures to be taken in factories for health, safety and welfare of workers
Working hours of adults, Employment of young person and children
Inspectors-Appointment and Powers

TEXT BOOKS:

T1. K.M.Pillai, Labour and Industrial Laws, Central Law Agency, Allahabad.
T2. K.D.Srivastava, Commentaries on Minimum Wages Act, 1995, Eastern Book Co.
T3. S.B.Rao, Law and Practice on Minimum Wages, 1999, Law Publishing House.
T4. V.G.Goswami, Labour and Industrial Laws, 1999, Central Law Agency, Allahabad.
T5.Dr. S.N. Mishra, Labour and Industrial Law, Central Law Agency

REFERENCE BOOKS:

R1. John Bowers & Simon Honey Ball, Text Book on Labour Law (1996) Blackstone P
rivate Ltd.,London
R2. D.D.Seth, Commentaries on Industrial Disputes Act, 1998, Eastern Book Company.
R3. Surendra Malik, Judgements of Labour Laws, Eastern Book Company.

Acts
 Industrial Dispute Act, 1947, Eastern Book Company.
 Trade Union Act, 1926, Eastern Book Company.
 Factories Act, 1948, Eastern Book Company.

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): On completion of this course, the students will be
able to:

CLO Description Bloom’s


Taxonomy Level

CLO1 By the end of this course, the students will be 1,2,3,4,5,6


able to list the different types of strike.
Demonstrate the the application of the wormen Remembering,
and employers. Will be able to differentiate Understanding,
between closure and retrenchment and discuss Apply, Analyzing,
the relationship between Lay off and lock out. Evaluate, Create
CLO2 By the end of this course, the students will be 1,2,4,5,6
able to tell and compare boards and court the
general principles of expert testimony. Will be Remember,
able to discuss the power of government under Understanding,
the industrial dispute Act,194 Analyzing,
Evaluate, Create

CLO3 By the end of this course, the students will be 1,2,3,4,5,6


able to tell the difference between collective
bargaining and omissions. The students will be Remember,
able to illustrate the rules of trade union The Understanding,
students will be able to determine when the Apply, Analyzing,
character and The students will be able to Evaluating, Create
compare the applicability of the provisions
relating to privileged communications.
CLO4 Students will be able to list out the general 1,2,3,4,5,6
principles of Labour Welfare The students will be
able to explain and apply the relevancy of factory Remember,
Act The students will be able to analyze the kinds of Understanding,
hazordess. The students will be able to compare Applying,
the provisions relating to worker and occupier. Analyzing,
Create

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs

Program Program Specific


Learning Outcomes(PSOs)
Outcomes (PLOs)
Course

Learning

PLO10

PLO11

PLO12
PLO1

PLO2

PLO3

PLO4

PLO5

PLO6

PLO7

PLO8

PLO9

PSO1

PSO2

PSO3

PSO4
Outcome
s

H M M H H M H L
CLO1

H M M H H M H L
CLO2

H M M H H M H L
CLO3

H M M H H M H L
CLO4

H: High M: Medium L: Low

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Law OF EVIDENCE
BLA5009
L T P C
4 1 0 4
Course Learning Objective: (48 Hours)
 To know the general concept of law of Evidence and general principles related to
different types of evidence..

 To understand the salient features of admissions and confessions and differentiate
between them.

 To analyze the rules relating to burden of proof, estoppel, Privileged Communications


and presumptions.

 To examine the general principles of examination and the relevancy of leading questions.

UNIT - I (12 Hours)

 Introduction and Relevancy of facts- Evidence and its relationship with the substantive
and procedural laws- Circumstantial and direct evidence

 Definition: Facts, facts in issue, relevant, evidence proved, disproved, not proved, oral
and documentary evidence.

 Doctrine of res gestae.

UNIT - II (12 Hours)

 Admissions, confessions and statements by person who cannot be called as witnesses

 Definition of admission, who can make admissions by or on their behalf, proof of


admission against the persons making them and admissions in civil cases.

 Definition, relevance and consideration of confessions- Admissibility of information


received from an accused person in custody- Confession of co-accused; Dying
declaration.

 Expert testimony: General principles - Who is an expert- Types of expert evidence -


Problems of judicial defence to expert testimony

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
UNIT – III (12 Hours)
 Oral and documentary evidence- Primary and Secondary Evidence
 Method of Proof of facts -Presumptions
 Rules relating to Burden of Proof , Character when relevant, Judgment of Courts when
relevant.
 Estoppel
 Privileged Communications
UNIT IV (12
Hours)

 General principles of examination.


 Kinds of examination of witness.
 Meaning, concept and relevancy of leading questions
 Accomplice
 Hostile witnesses
 Questions of corroboration

ACT

1. The Indian Evidence Act, 1872.


TEXT BOOKS:

T1. RatanLal&DhirajaLal , The Law of Evidence, Lexis Nexis Butterworths Wadhwa


Nagpur, 2010.
T2. Avtar Singh, Principles of Law of Evidence, Eastern Book Company.
T3. Batuklal : Law of Evidence, Delhi law House.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

R1.M Monir Field : Law of Evidence, Eastern Book Company.


R2.Sarkar-Law of Evidence, Lexis Nexis.

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): On completion of this course, the students will be able
to:

CLO Description Bloom’s


Taxonomy Level

CLO1 By the end of this course, the students will be 1,2,3,4,5,6


able to list the different types of evidences.
Demonstrate the the application of the doctrine Remembering,
of res gestae. Will be able to differentiate Understanding,
between facts in issue and relevant facts and Apply, Analyzing,
discuss the relationship between substantive and Evaluate, Create
procedural laws. The students will be able to
compare the applicability of circumstantial
and direct evidence.
CLO2 By the end of this course, the students will be 1,2,4,5,6
able to tell and compare the definition of
admission and confession. Examine the general Remember,
principles of expert testimony. Will be able to Understanding,
discuss the relevancy of dying declaration. Analyzing,
Evaluate, Create

CLO3 By the end of this course, the students will be 1,2,3,4,5,6


able to tell the difference between oral and
documentary evidence. The students will be able Remember,
to illustrate the rules relating to burden of proof. Understanding,
The students will be able to determine when the Apply, Analyzing,
character and judgement is relevant and Evaluating, Create
examine the rule of estoppel. The students will
be able to compare the applicability of the
provisions relating to privileged
communications.
CLO4 Students will be able to list out the general 1,2,3,4,5,6
principles of examination. The students will be
able to explain and apply the relevancy of leading Remember,
questions . The students will be able to analyze the Understanding,
kinds of examination of witness. The students will Applying,
be able to compare the provisions relating to Analyzing,
accomplice and hostile witness. Create

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs

Course Program Learning Outcomes Program Specific


(PLOs) Outcomes(PSOs)
Learning

PLO10

PLO11

PLO12
PLO1

PLO2

PLO3

PLO4

PLO5

PLO6

PLO7

PLO8

PLO9

PSO1

PSO2

PSO3

PSO4
Outcomes

H M M H H M H L
CLO1

H M M H H M H L
CLO2

H M M H H M H L
CLO3

H M M H H M H L
CLO4

H: High M: Medium L: Low

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION

BHU 5013
LTPC
4 104
(48 Hours)
Course Learning Objectives:

 To develop a clear understanding of the historical context of Public Administration.


 To enhance the ability to generate an analytical approach to the New Public
Administration and incorporate it with the larger paradigm of democratic legitimacy.
 The students will be equipped with the latest trends in administration.
 The students are expected to inculcate awareness about the good governance and civil
society.

UNIT-1 (12 Hours)


Meaning, Nature and Scope of Public Administration
Evaluation of Public administration as a discipline
Public policy Methods and Approaches, of Public Administration, Comparative public
Administration

UNIT-2 (12 Hours)


Organization and its basic principles and problems
Theories of Organization, Chief Executive, Line and Staff agencies, Public Corporations.

UNIT-3 (12 Hours)


Politics and Administration, Personal Administration and Human Resource Development,
Administrative Behavior: Leadership, Decision Making, Communication, Ombudsman, Financial
Administration.

UNIT-4 (12 Hours)


Good Governance: Concept and application
Public Administration in the age of Globalization and liberalization
Legislative control over Administration
Judicial control over Administration
Civil society, citizens and Administration, Administrative Law

Readings:

• P. H. Appleby, Policy and Administration, Alabama University of Albama Press, 1957.


• R. K. Arora, Comparative Public Administration, New Delhi, Asia Publishing House,
1972.

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
• Avasthi and S. R. Maheswari, Public Administration, Agra, Lakshmi Narain Aggarwal,
1996.
• P. Bhambri, Administrators in a Changing Society, Bureaucracy and Politics in India,
Delhi, Vikas, 1971.
• M. Bhattacharya, Public Administration: Structure, Process and Behaviour, Calcutta, The
World Press, 1991.
• ————, Restructuring Public Administration: Essays in Rehabilitation, New Delhi,
Jawahar, 1999.
• G. E. Caiden, Dynamics of Public Administration: Guidelines to Current Transformation
in Theory and Practice, New York, Holt, 1971.
• K. Dey, Personnel Administration in India: Retrospective Issues, Prospective Thought,
New Delhi, Uppal, 1991.
• M. E. Dimock, and G.O. Dimock, Public Administration, Oxford, I.B.H. Publishing Co.,
1975.
• ———— Administrative Vitality: The Conflict with Bureaucracy, New York, Harper,
1959.
• P. R. Dubhashi, The Profession of Public Administration, Pune, Subhadra, Saraswat,
1980.
• Etzioni, A Sociological Reader on Complex Organizations, New York, Holt, Rinehart

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO)
On completion of this course, the students will be able to:
CLO Description Bloom’s
Taxonomy Level

CLO1 Explain Meaning Nature and Scope of Public 2, 3, 5


Administration. Identify the Evolution of Public
Administration as a Discipline. Interpret the Methods and Understanding,
Approaches of Public Administration. Compare Public
Administration with the Comparative Public Applying,
Administration.
Evaluating

CLO2 Define the theories of Organization, its basic principles 1,2, 5,4,5
and problems. Demonstrate role of Organizational
theories in the field of Public Administration. Evaluate Remembering,
the relevance of these theories in the field of public Understanding,
administration. Discover the role of Chief Executive in Evaluating, Applying,
the public Administration. Measure the success and Evaluating
failures of Line and Staff agencies and Public
Corporations.

CLO3 Explain the relationship between the Politics and 2,5,5,6


Administration, Personal Administration and Human
Resource Development and Administrative Behavior. Understanding,
Measure the role of the Leadership, Decision Making,
and Communication in Public Administration. Evaluate Evaluating, Evaluating,
the importance of Ombudsman and Financial Creating
Administration in public Administration and Construct
the role of Ombudsman in Public Administration.

CLO4 Explain the concept of Good Governance and its 2,6,4,6,5,5,6


application in the global world. Compare the idea of
Good Governance in the Indian as well as Global context. Understanding,
Examine the role of Public Administration in the age of
Globalization and liberalization. Discuss Legislative and Creating,
Judicial control over Administration. Interpret the role of
Analyzing,Evaluating,
Civil society and citizens in administration. Justify and
Discuss the importance of Administrative Law in
providing the good governance.

Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs


BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Program Program Specific
Learning Outcomes
Outcomes
(PSOs)
Course (PLOs)

Learning

PLO10

PLO11

PLO12
PLO1

PLO2

PLO3

PLO4

PLO5

PLO6

PLO7

PLO8

PLO9

PSO1

PSO2

PSO3

PSO4
Outcomes

CLO1 M M M M M M M H M M M L L

CLO2 M M M M M M M H H M M L L

CLO3 M M M M M M M H H L M M L M

CLO4 M M M M M M M H H M L M M M M

H: High M: Medium L: Low

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
SOFT SKILLS

(BSS 5501)
LTPC
24
Course Learning Objective
 To help students do Self Analysis.
 To help them strengthen their Written Communication Skills,
 To teach them Professionals Skills
 Teach them Interview Skills to become job ready

UNIT-I INTRODUCTION
(01 Hour)
Goal setting & SWOT: Technique of goal setting, SMART goals & SWOT analysis.

UNIT-II RESUME WRITING


(02 Hours)
Resume Writing: CV Format & Guidelines, Careers Objective: Framing the career Objective,
finding relevant competencies – skills, aptitude and qualities, achievements, projects, internship,
extracurricular activities

UNIT-III (02 Hours)


REVISION OF WRITTEN COMMUNICATION SKILLS
Revision of application writing & e-mail Writing: Email format, Application Format, E-mail
etiquette and practice of writing application & E-mails.

UNIT-IV (09 Hour)


PROFESSIONAL SKILLS
Personal Branding: Definition & Concept of Personal Branding, Steps to Personal Branding.
EQ & IQ: What is EQ, Difference between EQ and IQ, Major components of EQ & IQ, How to
raise your EQ, relation between EQ & Success
Management Styles: Concept of Management, Level of management & the skills needed,
Functions of Manager, Management styles, Leadership vs Management GD
Persuasive Skills & selling Skills: What is Persuation, Importance of Persuation in selling.
Selling Tips, Activity
Group Discussion (Abstract, Current Affairs Based, Management Related, Case Based GD):
Practice of GD

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
UNIT-V (10 hours)
INTERVIEW SKILLS & CAMPUS TO CORPORATE
Interview Skills: Interview Question & Answers – Types & structuring of answers, giving
relevant
examples handling situational questions.
Telephonic Interview/Skype Interview Tips: Reasons for telephonic/Skype interview, rules to be
observed & practice.
Mock Interview – (HR, Technical, Behavioural & Situation Based): Panel interview practice
Qualities in the New Millenium Professional: Qualities needed in the New Millenium
Professional Creativity: What is Creativity, How to be creative, and Importance of creativity.
Creativity Developing a Business Plan.
/Biz – Quiz: Quiz on Basic Information about various companies related to their field.

TEXT BOOKS:
The SWOT Analysis – Lawrence G Fine
Goal setting: How to create an action plan and achieve your goals – M.S. Dobson Business
communication with writing Improvemnt Exercises – Phyllis Davis Hemphill, Donald W.
McCormick, Prentice Hall Publications Group Discussions and Interview skills – Priyadarshi
Patnaik, Foundation Books the Definitive Book of Body language : Barbara & Allan Pease
Bantam Publications From Campus to Corporate – Ramchandran & Karthik, Pearson
Publications

REFERENCE BOOKS:
R1. Personality Development by Rajiv Mishra-2014 Edition
R2. Facing the corporate Interviews By S. Hundiwala Arihant Publications

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Course Learning Objective (CLO): On completion of this course the students will be able to

Bloom’s Taxonomy Level


CLO Description

CLO1 Discuss the Importance of SWOT Examine the technique2,4,6 Discuss, Examine,
of goal setting. Compare SMART goal and SWOT Compare.
Analysis.
CLO2 Explain Resume and CV format. Illustrate the 2, 3, 4 Explain,
importance of Career Objective, Examine relevant Illustrate,Evaluate
competencies.
CLO3 Illustrate Email writing and application writing, 2, 3, 6,6 Illustrate,
Demonstrate Email etiquette, Evaluate practice of Demonstrate,
written application & Email. Evaluate

CLO4 Explain personal branding . Experiment persuasive 2,4,4,56,6 Explain,


skills & selling skills Debate, Conclude and Experiment, Debate,
Compare EQ & IQ. Construct the setting of Group Construct, Conclude,
Discussion Compare

CLO5 Explain interview skills. Demonstrate the importance 2,3,6,6,


and types interview, GD Skills & presentation skills,
Evaluate types of interview Construct the tips for Explain, Demonstrate,
how to be creative, Compare Evaluate, Debate,
Telephonic interview & skype interview. Compare, Construct

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Mapping of CLOs with PLOs and PSO

Course Program Learning Outcomes Program Specific


Outcomes (PSOs)
Learni (PLOs)
ng

PLO10

PLO11

PLO12
PLO1

PLO2

PLO3

PLO4

PLO5

PLO6

PLO7

PLO8

PLO9

PSO1

PSO2

PSO3

PSO4
Outco
mes

CLO1 L

CLO2 H M M

CLO3 H L

CLO4 L M M

CLO H M M
5

H: High M: Medium L: Low

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
B.A. LL.B. (HONS.)

III Year VI SEMESTER


INDIAN POLITICAL THOUGHT

BHU6012
LTPC
4 1 0 4
(48 Hours)
Course Learning Objective:

 To develop an understanding of the main sources of the political tradition in ancient India
and its development in modern times.

 To focus on the key thinkers from ancient to modern times and to understand their
seminal contribution to the evolution of political theorizing in India.

 To inculcate in students an analytical understanding about the contribution of Indian


political thinkers and their relevance in contemporary politics.

 To develop a proper understanding of the Indian political ideas.

UNIT-1 (12 Hours)


Sources of Indian Political Thought
Political thought in ancient India
Manu,Kautilya.

UNIT -2 (12 Hours)


Renaissance and Nationalism in India, The BrahmoSamaj and its Legacy, The Arya Samaj, Ram
Mohan Roy, DayanandSaraswati, Tagore and Swami Vivekananda,

UNIT-3 (12 Hours)


Gokhale, Tilak,Aurobindo and M.N. Roy

UNIT-4 (12 Hours)


Gandhi
B. R. Ambedkar
R. N. Lohia, Acharya Narendra Deva and J. P. Narayan

Readings:

• S. Altekar, State and Government in Ancient India, Delhi, MotilalBanarsidass, 1966.


• Appadorai, Documents on Political Thought in Modern India, 2 vols. Bombay

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
• Oxford University Press, 1970.
• J. Bandhopadhyaya, Social and Political Thought of Gandhi, Bombay, Allied,
1969.Political Science 34
• J.V. Bondurant, Conquest of Violence: The Gandhian Philosophy of Conflict, Berkeley,
• University of California Press,1965.
• D. M. Brown, The White Umbrella: Indian Political Thought from Manu to Gandhi,
Berkeley,
• University of California Press,1953.
• R. J.Cashman, The Myth of the ‗Lokmanya‘ Tilak and Mass Politics in Maharasthra,
• Berkeley, University of California Press, 1975.
• Chandra, Nationalism and Colonialism in Modern India, Delhi, Vikas, 1979.
• K. Damodaran, Indian Thought: A Critical Survey, London, Asia Publishing House,
1967.
• T. de-Bary Sources of Indian Tradition, New York, Columbia University Press,1958.
• G. Dalton, India‘s Idea of Freedom: Political Thought of Swami Vivekananda, Aurobindo
• Ghose, Mahatma Gandhi and Rabindranath Tagore, Delhi, Academic Press, 1982.
• R. Desai, Social Background of Indian Nationalism, Bombay, Popular, 1954.

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO)
On completion of this course, the students will be able to:
CLO Description Bloom’s
Taxonomy Level

CLO1 Describe the sources of Indian Political Thought and 2, 4.


Political ideas of Manu and Kautilya. Investigate the
relevance of these thinkers in contemporary India. Understanding,

Analyzing

CLO2 Discuss the idea of Renaissance and Nationalism in 2,4,5


India, formation of Brahmo Samaj & The Arya Samaj
and its Legacy. Investigate about the political Understanding,
thought of Ram Mohan Roy, Dayanand Saraswati, Analyzing,
Tagore and Swami Vivekananda.. Compare these
thoughts with other thinkers. Evaluating.

CLO3 Explain political ideas of Gokhale, Tilak, Aurobindo 2,4,5,6


and M.N. Roy. Assess the political idea of Gokhale,
Tilak, Aurobindo and M.N. Roy. Compare their idea Understanding,
and concept related to the Nationalism and New Analyzing,
Humanism in context of Indian and Western Political
Thought. Construct the own opinion about the Evaluating,
relevance of above thinkers in contemporary Indian
Creating
politics.

Describe the thoughts and ideas of Gandhi, B. R.


Ambedkar, R. M. Lohia, Acharya Narendra Dev and
CLO4 J. P. Narayan. Compare the thoughts of these 2,4,5
thinkers in respect with different thinkers of the Understanding,
world. Examine the ideas of Gandhi, B. R.
Ambedkar, R. M. Lohia, Acharya Narendra Deva and Analyzing,
J. P. Narayan in contemporary India.
Evaluating

Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Program Program Specific
Learning Outcomes
Outcomes
(PSOs)
Course (PLOs)

Learning

PLO10

PLO11

PLO12
PLO1

PLO2

PLO3

PLO4

PLO5

PLO6

PLO7

PLO8

PLO9

PSO1

PSO2

PSO3

PSO4
Outcomes

CLO1 L L M M L L H L L M M L H M L

CLO2 M L L M L L H L L L M L M H L

CLO3 M L L M L M H L M L M L M H L

CLO4 H L M H L M H L M L H L M H L

H: High M: Medium L: Low

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
JURISPRUDENCE- II
BLA 6006
L T P C
4 1 0 4
Course Learning Objective: (48 Hours)

To understand the sources of law and explain its importance

To state the various kinds of rights and its meaning and to demonstrate the
relationship of right and duties
To recognize the various kinds of personality and discuss its various theories
To examine the the concept of ownership and possession

UNIT - I (12
Hours)

 Sources of Law: Classification and Kinds of Legal Sources


 Custom : Meaning and kinds
 Precedent
 Ratio decendi, Methods of determining stare decisis.
 Doctrine of Stare decisis
 Legislation: Meaning and kinds
 Juristic writings.

UNIT - II (12 Hours)

 Co relation between rights and duties


 General Meaning of the term right - Classification of Rights - Legal Concepts: Right and
Duty, Kinds, Meaning of Right in its wider sense - Legal and Non legal rights, Legal and
moral rights - Theories of legal rights

UNIT – III (12 Hours)

 Juristic Personality: Meaning and Kinds


 Corporate Soul and Corporate Aggregate
 Theories of Personality: Bracket Theory, Fiction Theory, Realist Theory
 Nature of Personality, Status of the Unborn, Minor, Lunatic, Drunken and Dead Persons

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
UNIT - IV (12 Hours)

 Property
 Possession: Meaning, elements and Kinds of possession,
 Theories of possession
 Ownership: Meaning and elements of Ownership, kinds of Ownership,
 Difference between Possession and Ownership

TEXT BOOKS:

T1. V.D. Mahajan, Jurisprudence and Legal theory (1996 re-print), 5th ed. Eastern,
Lucknow
T2. Dhyani S.N., Jurisprudence: Jurisprudence and Indian Legal theory, Central law
Agency
T3. Jayakumar N. K., Lectures in Jurisprudence, Butterworths
T4. Dr. N V Paranjape, Studies in Jurisprudence and Legal Theory, 7th ed., Central Law
Agency, Allahabad
T5. B N Mani Tripathi, Jurisprudence the legal Theory, 19th ed., Allahabad Law Agency.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

R1. Bodenheimer, Jurisprudence – The Philosophy and Method of Law (1996),


Universal, Delhi.
R2. Fitzgerald, (ed.) Salmond on Jurisprudence (1999) Tripathi, Bombay
R3. W. Friedmann, Legal Theory (1999) Universal, Delhi
R4. M.D.A. Freeman (ed.) Lloyd‘s Introduction to Jurisprudence, (1994), Sweet & Maxwell
R5. Paton G.W. Jurisprudence (1972) 14th ed. Oxford, ELBS
R6. H.L.A. Hart, The Concepts of Law (1970) Oxford, ELBS
R7. Roscoe Pond, Introduction to the Philosophy of Law (1998 Re-print) Universal, Delhi
R8. Dias, Jurisprudence (1994 First Indian re-print), Adithya Books, New Delhi

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Course Learning Outcomes(CLO): On completion of this course, the students will be able
to:

CLO Description Bloom’s


Taxonomy Level

CLO1 By the end of this course, the students will be able to 1, 2, 4


tell the essentials of sources of law, concept of right,
personality and ownership and possession. Interpret Remembering,
the importance of custom, legislation and precedent Understanding,
and analyze the the various kinds of custom, legislation Analyzing
and precedent, Will be able to tell the concept of right.
CLO2 The students will be able to interpret the concept of 2, 3, 4
right and classify it in various kinds. They will be able
to test the various theories of rights. Student will Understanding,
analyze the effect hohfeld‘s chart. Analyzing,
Applying,

CLO3 The students will be able to summarise the different 2, 3, 4


kinds of personality. The students will be able to use
the different theories of personality to interpret the Understanding,
concept of corporation sole and corporation aggregate. It Applying,
will enable them to differentiate between the concept of Analyzing
corporation sole and corporation aggregate.

CLO4 The students will be able to analyze the concept of 4,2,3


ownership and possession and will be able to differentiate
between them. The student will be able to classify the various Analyzing,
kinds of possession and ownership and distinguish between Understanding,
them, and will be able to summarize the various theories of Applyings
possession.

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs

Program Program Specific


Learning Outcomes(PSOs)
Outcomes
Course (PLOs)

Learning

PLO10

PLO11

PLO12
PLO1

PLO2

PLO3

PLO4

PLO5

PLO6

PLO7

PLO8

PLO9

PSO1

PSO2

PSO3

PSO4
Outcomes

H M M H H M H L
CLO1

CLO2 H M M H H M H L

CLO3 H M M H H M H L

CLO4 H M M H H M H L

H: High M: Medium L: Low

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
LABOUR LAW II
BLA6008
L
T P C
4 1 0 4
Course Learning Objective: (48 Hours)
 To understand the law relating to employee compensation and the mechanism of
grievance redressal.
 To examine the law relating to employees state insurance and the minimum wages
and procedure of seeking remedy.
 To explain the law relating to Industrial Employment and payment of wages etc..
 To analyze the additional benefits of workmen and other welfare measures.

UNIT – I (12 Hours)

 Employee‘s Compensation Act, 1923: Emergence of the legislation- Definition of


workman; Definition of dependants, partial and total disablement.
 Employer‘s liability for compensation- right of the workman to receive compensation-
When employer is not liable,Amount of compensation.
 Accident 'Arising out of and in the course of employment"- Doctrine of notional
extension,
 Appointment & Powers of Commissioner-Procedure in proceedings before
Commissioner -Appeals.

UNIT – II (12 Hours)

 The Employees State Insurance Act, 1948: Corporation, Standing Committee and
Medical Benefit Council; Contributions; Benefits; Penalties- Claim and Adjudication
of Disputes under Employee‘s State Insurance Act. 1948.
 Minimum Wages Act, 1948 – Aims & Objectives, theories and concept of wages.
 The Employees Provident Fund Act, 1952: Employees Provident Fund Scheme and
Authorities;

UNIT - III (12


Hours)
 Standing Orders- Concept, Nature and scope of standing orders under Industrial
Employment (Standing Order) Act, 1946.
 Formulation of Standing Orders and its Certification process,
 Payment of Wages Act, 1936- Object, scope and application of the Act
 Definition of wage, Responsibility of Payment of Wages, Time of Payment of Wages &
Fixation of Wage Period

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
 Authorized Deductions which may be made from wages
 Appointment & Powers of Inspectors and Authority for Adjudication of Claims

UNIT – IV (12 Hours)

 The Payment of Bonus Act: Scope and Application, Definition, Computation of Gross
profit and available surplus, Eligibility for Bonus, Disqualification for Bonus, Minimum
and Maximum Bonus.
 Maternity Benefit Act, 1961- aims and objectives, definition, right to maternity benefit,
leave dismissal.
 Other benefits under the Maternity Benefit Act, 1961

TEXT BOOKS:

T1. K.M.Pillai, Labour and Industrial Laws, Central Law Agency, Allahabad.
T2.K.D.Srivastava, Commentaries on Minimum Wages Act, 1995, Eastern Book Co.
T3. S.B.Rao, Law and Practice on Minimum Wages, 1999, Law Publishing House.
T4.V.G.Goswami, Labour and Industrial Laws, 1999, Central Law Agency, Allahabad.
T5.Dr. S.K.Puri, Labour and Industrial Laws, Allahabad Law Agency.

REFERENCE BOOK:

R1. John Bowers & Simon Honey Ball, Text Book on Labour Law (1996) Blackstone,
London
.
Acts
 Employee‘s Compensation Act, 1923, Eastern Book Co
 The Employees State Insurance Act, 1948, Eastern Book Co
 The Employees Provident Fund Act, 1952, Eastern Book Co
 Industrial Employment (Standing Order) Act, 1946., Eastern Book Co
 Payment of Wages Act, 1936, Eastern Book Co
 The Payment of Bonus Act , Eastern Book Co
 Maternity Benefit Act, 1961,Eastern Book Co

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): On completion of this course, the students will be
able to:

CLO Description Bloom’s


Taxonomy Level

CLO1 By the end of this course, the students will be able to 1,2,3,4,5,6
list definitions under Employee‘s Compensation Act,
1923. Demonstrate Employer‘s liability for Remembering,
compensation. Will be able to differentiate between Understanding,
partial and total disablement and discuss the Apply, Analyzing,
Appointment & Powers of Commissioner Evaluate, Create
CLO2 By the end of this course, the students will be 1,2,4,5,6
able to tell and compare Contributions; Benefits;
Penalties- Claim and Adjudication of Disputes under Remember,
Employee‘s State Insurance Act. 1948. Will be able Understanding,
to discuss the Minimum Wages Act, 1948 Analyzing,
Evaluate, Create

CLO3 By the end of this course, the students will be able to 1,2,3,4,5,6
tell the Nature and scope of standing orders under
Industrial Employment (Standing Order) Act, 1946. The Remember,
students will be able to illustrate Formulation of Understanding,
Standing Orders and its Certification process. The Apply, Analyzing,
students will be able to determine Object, scope and Evaluating, Create
application of the Payment of Wages Act, 1936. The
students will be able to compare the applicability
of the provisions relating to Responsibility of
Payment of Wages, Time of Payment of Wages &
Fixation of Wage Period and Authorized Deductions
which may be made from wages.
CLO4 Students will be able to list out the Scope of The 1,2,3,4,5,6
Payment of Bonus Act.The students will be able to
explain and apply the provisions relating to Eligibility Remember,
for Bonus, Disqualification for Bonus, Minimum and Understanding,
Maximum Bonus. The students will be able to analyze Applying,
the Maternity Benefit Act, 1961. The students will be Analyzing,
able to compare the provisions relating to Other Create
benefits under the Maternity Benefit Act, 1961

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs

Course Program Learning Outcomes Program Specific


(PLOs) Outcomes(PSOs)
Learning

PLO10

PLO11

PLO12
PLO1

PLO2

PLO3

PLO4

PLO5

PLO6

PLO7

PLO8

PLO9

PSO1

PSO2

PSO3

PSO4
Outcome
s

H M M H H M H L
CLO1

H M M H H M H L
CLO2

H M M H H M H L
CLO3

H M M H H M H L
CLO4

H: High M: Medium L: Low

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Property Law
(Transfer of Property Act, 1882 and Law of Easement)
BLA6009
L T P C
4 1 0 4
Course Learning Objective: (48 Hours)

To understand and examine the general principles governing transfer of property


To understand, analyze and contrast Concept of specific transfers like sale, gift, mortgage,
charge, lease and license
To state, identify and analyze the he law and procedure of easement.

UNIT - I
(12Hours)

 Distinction between moveable and immoveable property- tangible and intangible


property.
 Definition clause: Immovable property, Attestation, Notice, Actionable claim
 Definition to transfer of property (Sec.5)
 What may be transferred (Sec.6)
 Transferable and non-transferable property (Sec.10-12)
 Transfer to an unborn person and rule against perpetuity (Sec.13, 14)
 Vested and Contingent interest (Sec.19 & 21)
 Conditional transfer (Sec.25)
 Rule of Election (Sec.35)

UNIT – II (12 Hours)

 Restrictive covenant
 Transfer by ostensible owner
 Rule of feeding the grant by estoppel
 Rule of Lis pendens
 Fraudulent transfer
 Rule of part performance

UNIT – III (12


Hours)

 Sale of immovable property: Its definition and nature; rights and liabilities of seller and
buyer, before and after completion of sale- difference between sale and contract for sale.
BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
 Mortgages : Definition, nature and its kinds; rights of mortagagor including right of
redemption; rights of mortagagee including right to foreclosure or sale; marshalling of
securities; doctrine of subrogation and charge.
 Leases of immovable property: Definition- Scope- creation of lease- rights and liabilities
of lessor and lessee- Determination of lease, differences between lease and license.
 Exchange : Its nature
 Gifts: Scope, meaning, mode of transfer, universal gifts, onerous gifts.

UNIT - IV
(12 Hours)

 Easement Act- Object and main provisions of the Easement Act


 Creation of Easements (Secs. 4–7), Nature and characteristics of Easements
 Extinction, Suspension and Revival of Easements (Secs. 37–51)

TEXT BOOKS:

T1. Subba Rao, Transfer of Property Act, 1994, SubbiahChetty, Madras

T2. V.P.Sarathy, Transfer of Property, 1995 Eastern Book Co.

T3. Tripathi, G P, Transfer of Property, Central Law Agency, Allahabad

T4. S.N.Shukla, Transfer of Property Act, 4th Edition, Allahabad LawAgency

T5. Poonam Pradhan Saxena, Property Law, 2011.

T6. RK Sinha, The Transfer of Property Act, Central Law Agency.

T7 Dr.H.P. Gupta, Indian Easement Act, Central Law Publication

T8. A P singh and Asish Kumar Srivastava, Property Law, Lexis Nexis, 2015.

REFERENCE BOOK:

R1. Mulla, Transfer of Property Act, 1999, Universal Delhi

R2. MaheswaraSwamy .N Law Relating to Transfer of Property, 1st Edition 2008 Asia Law
House, Hyderabad.

Acts

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
1. The Transfer of Property Act, 1882, Universal Publication.
2. The Indian Easement Act, 1882, Universal Publication.
Course Learning Outcomes(CLO): On completion of this course, the students will be able
to:

CLO Description Bloom’s


Taxonomy Level

CLO1 By the end of this course, the students will be able to tell the 1, 3, 4
definition and nature of property that can be transferred;
Effect of privatization; classification of functions; theories Remembering,
and Transfer to an unborn person and rule against perpetuity. Apply, Analyzing
Demonstrate the understanding Vested and Contingent
interest, conditional transfer, rule of election .Will be able to
Define and differentiate between the moveable and
immoveable property- tangible and intangible property.
CLO2 The students will be able to interpret the principle of 2, 3, 4
Restrictive covenant , Transfer by ostensible owner, Rule of feeding
the grant by estoppels, Rule of Lispendens, Fraudulent transfer, Rule Understanding,
of part performance elaborate it with the help of case laws. Applying,
Students will be able to exhibit the principles of part Analyzing,
performance under property law

CLO3 The students will be able to illustrate the nature of lease, 2, 3, 4


mortgage and sale. Determine the scope, meaning, mode of
transfer, universal gifts, onerous gifts and exchange under Understanding,
Transfer of Proprty Act 1882 and examine Definition, nature Applying,
and kinds of mortgage/ lease, rights and liabilities of seller Analyzing
and buyer, before and after completion of sale- difference
between sale and contract for sale.
CLO4 The students will be able to explain and apply the law relating to 1,2, 3, 4
Easement Act and its creation. The students will be able to analyze
the statutory provisions relating Extinction, Suspension and Revival Remembering,
of Easements
on, Understanding,
Applying,
Analyzing

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs

Program Program Specific


Learning Outcomes(PSOs)
Outcomes (PLOs)
Course

Learning

PLO10

PLO11

PLO12
PLO1

PLO2

PLO3

PLO4

PLO5

PLO6

PLO7

PLO8

PLO9

PSO1

PSO2

PSO3

PSO4
Outcomes

H H M M H H H M M
CLO1

CLO2 H H M M H H M M

CLO3 H H M M H H M M

H H M M L H H M M
CLO4

H: High M: Medium L: Low

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
CODE OF CRIMINAL PROCEDURE- II

BLA 6011
L T P C

41 0 4

Course Learning Objective: (48


Hours)

To understand and examine the inquiry proceedings before a magistrate, rights of accused
and the concept of fair trial
To understand, analyze and contrast the various trial procedures.
To state, identify and analyze the various corrective remedies of appeal, revision and
reference under the Criminal Procedure Code.
To understand and examine the Juvenile Justice (Care & Protection of Children) Act, 2015
and the Probation of Offenders Act, 1958.

UNIT - I (12 Hours)

Complaint to magistrate
Commencement of proceedings before magistrate.
Rights of accused.
Doctrine of autrfois acquit and autrfois convict.
Conception of fair trial

UNIT – II (12 Hours)

Trial before court of Session

Trial of warrant cases by magistrate

Trial of summons cases

Summary trial

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
UNIT-III (12
Hours)

Appeal

Reference

Revison

Provisions as to bail

UNIT – IV
(12Hours)

Probation of Offenders Act,

Juvenile Justice (Care and Protection of Children)Act,2015.

TEXT BOOKS:

T1.Ratanlal&Dhiraj Lal, The Code of Criminal Procedure, Nagpur: Wadhwa& Co

T2. R V Kelkar, Lectures on Criminal Procedure, Lucknow, Eastern Book Co, 6th ed. , 2016

T3 N. V Pranjape, Criminal Procedure,Code

REFERENCE BOOKS:

R1. K N Chandrasekharan Pillai, R V Kelkar‘s Criminal Procedure, Eastern Book Co., 6 th


ed., 2016.

R2 The Code of Criminal Procedure, 1973, Eastern Book Company

ACTS:The Criminal Procedure Code, 1973


Probation of Offenders Act,
Juvenile Justice (Care and Protection of Children)Act,2015.

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Course Learning Outcomes(CLO): On completion of this course, the students will be able
to:

CLO Description Bloom’s


Taxonomy Level

CLO1 By the end of this course, the students will be able to tell the 1,2, 4
rights of accused and the concept of fair trial; interpret the
doctrine of autrfois convict and autrfois acquit; the students Remembering,
will be able to explain and analyze the procedure before Understanding,
Magistrates. Analyzing,

CLO2 The students will be able to interpret, examine and contrast 1,2, 3, 4
the various trial procedures under the Criminal Procedure
Code. Remembering,
Understanding,
Applying,
Analyzing,

CLO3 The students will be able to tell, interpret and analyze the 1,2, 3, 4
various corrective remedies like appeal, revision and
reference provided under the Criminal Procedure Code. Remembering,
Understanding,
Applying,
Analyzing
CLO4 The students will be able to examine, explain and tell the 1,2, 3, 4
importance, salient features and the procedure under the Juvenile
Justice (Care & Protection of Children) Act, 2015 and the Probation Remembering,
of Offenders Act, 1958. Understanding,
Applying,
Analyzing

Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Program Program Specific
Learning Outcomes(PSOs)
Outcomes (PLOs)
Course

Learning

PLO10

PLO11

PLO12
PLO1

PLO2

PLO3

PLO4

PLO5

PLO6

PLO7

PLO8

PLO9

PSO1

PSO2

PSO3

PSO4
Outcomes

H M M H H M H L
CLO1

H M M H H M H L
CLO2

H M M H H M H L
CLO3

H M M H H M H L
CLO4

H: High M: Medium L: Low

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
ELECTIVE-I

Administrative Law
BLA6101

L T P C
4 1 0 4
Course Learning Objective: (48 Hours)

To understand and apply the general principles of administrative law

To analyze the methods and principle of delegated legislation

To let the students know, analyze and apply the basic postulates of Administrative direction
and discretion.

To make the students understand the concept of Judicial power of Administration and judicial
review and examine its application in cases.

UNIT – I (12 Hours)

Evolution- Definition Nature and Scope of Administrative Law- Effect of privatization on its
scope, Classification of functions of administration.

Relationship between constitutional law and administrative law, Separation of powers and its
relevance, Rule of law and administrative law

Concept from laissez-faire to a social welfare state, state as provider of services and other
functions of modern state relief and welfare

UNIT – II (12 Hours)

Legislative Functions of Administration- Necessity for delegation of legislative power,


Constitutionality of delegated legislation, Classification/forms of delegated legislation and its
requirement,
Control mechanism of administrative rule-making in India: Parliamentary, Procedural and
Judicial Control
Liability for Wrong: (Tortuous and Contractual): Tortuous Liability, Sovereign and non-
sovereign functions, contractual liability of state, statutory immunity, Govt. privilege in legal
proceedings.
BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
UNIT – III (12 Hours)

Judicial power of Administration- Nature of procedure- Principles of Natural justice- Rule


against Bias, Reasoned decisions-Effect of non-compliance with principle of natural justice-
Exception to principle of Natural justice.
Administrative Discretion - Need for administrative discretion, Administrative direction and
discretion,Limitation on exercise of discretion, Malafide exercise, irrelevant considerations &
non-exercise of discretionary power
Judicial review of administrative discretion : Scope and extent, Grounds of judicial review,
Methods of Judicial Review: Writs- Mandamus, Certiorari, Prohibition, Quo Warranto, Habeas
Corpus

UNIT – IV (12 Hours)

Nature of administrative tribunal: Constitution, power, procedure, rule of evidence.


Administrative Tribunals in India
Ombudsman in India (Lokpaland Lokayuktha)
Composition - functions – jurisdiction of Central Vigilance Commission
Contract Promissory estoppels
Right to information
Doctrine of Legitimate expectation.

TEXT BOOKS:

T1 D.D.Basu, Shorter Constitution of India, 2001 Wadhwa, Nagpur

T2 B.K.Sharma, Introduction to Constitution of India, Prentice Hall.

T3. J.N. Pandey ,Constitution of India.,47th ed., Central Law Agency, 2014.

T4 I.P. Messey, Administrative Law, 8th ed. Eastern Book Co.

T5 U.P.DKesary, Administrative Law, Allahabad Law Agency.

REFERENCE BOOK:

R1 Shukla V.N., Constitution of India, Lucknow: Eastern Book Co.

R2. R.C.Agarwal, National Movement & Constitutional Development,


S.Chand Publishing, Company.

R3. K.C. joshi, An Introduction to the Administrative Law, Central Law Agency.
BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
R4. C.K Takwani, Lectures on Administrative Law, Eastern Book Company.

R5. SP Sathe, Administrative Law ,Lexix Nexis.

R6. Wade & Philips, Constitutional and Administrative Law, Longman.


Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): On completion of this course, the students will be
able to:

CLO Description Bloom’s


Taxonomy Level

CLO1 By the end of this course, the students will be able to tell the 1, 3, 4
definition nature and scope; Effect of privatization;
classification of functions; theories and doctrines and Remembering,
functions of administrative law. Demonstrate the Apply, Analyzing
understanding of the Control mechanism of administrative
rule-making; Liability for Wrong andthe nature of
administrative tribunal. Will be able to differentiate between
the constitutional law and administrative law .
CLO2 The students will be able to interpret the concept from 2, 3, 4
laissez-faire to a social welfare state, state as provider of
services and other functions of modern state relief, the Understanding,
legislative functions, necessity and Constitutionality of Applying,
delegated legislation, and will be able to elaborate it with the Analyzing,
help of case laws.
Students will be able to exhibit the principles of natural
justice, Judicial review and Administrative Discretion and the
working of Ombudsman.
CLO3 The students will be able to illustrate and analyze the 2, 3, 4
Control mechanism of administrative rule making. The
students will be able to determine the Tortuous and Understanding,
Contractual liability of administrative authority and examine Applying,
the Composition - functions – jurisdiction of Central Analyzing
Vigilance Commission
CLO4 The students will be able to explain and apply the law relating 2,3,4
administrative functions like judicial, legislative and administration.
The students will be able to analyze the principle of Rule of law and Understanding,
separation of power;Doctrine of Legitimate expectation, Applying,
Analyzing

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs

Program Program Specific


Learning Outcomes(PSOs)
Outcomes (PLOs)
Course

Learning

PLO10

PLO11

PLO12
PLO1

PLO2

PLO3

PLO4

PLO5

PLO6

PLO7

PLO8

PLO9

PSO1

PSO2

PSO3

PSO4
Outcomes

H H M M H H H M M
CLO1

H H M M H H M M
CLO2

H H M M H H M M
CLO3

H H M M L H H M M
CLO4

H: High M: Medium L: Low

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Feminist Jurisprudence
BLA 6102
L T P C
4 1 0 4
(24 Hours)

Course outcome Objective:


To understand and state the object of the Sameness/Difference debate
To understand and analyze the recognizing Gender Discrimination
To let the students understand, analyze the application of influential Feminist Theories
Outside Law, Formal Equality and Dominance Theory
To let the students examine and know the application of the Relational Feminism and
anti-essentialism

UNIT – I (6 Hours)

The Sameness/Difference debate


Relational Feminism and the Issue of Women‘s ―Different‖ Voice
Care, Equality, and Families: Debate over Work/Family (Work/Life) Conflict

(6 Hours)
UNIT – II
Dominance Feminism: Sexuality, Social Construction, and Women‘s Voices
Recognizing Gender Discrimination: Disaggregating Sex, Gender, and Sexual
Orientation
Theorizing Sexuality: Do Feminists Need to ―Take a Break from Feminism‖?

UNIT – III (6 Hours)


Influential Feminist Theories Outside of Law
Formal Equality
Dominance Theory
Violence Against Women

UNIT – IV (6 Hours)
Relational Feminism
Anti-essentialism
Notes on Postmodern Feminisms
Sex-Positive Feminism and Third-Wave Feminism
Lesbian and Queer Legal Theory

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
TEXT BOOKS:

T1-Gokulesh Sharma; Feminism Jurisprudence in India; Deep and Deep Pulication.2008

REFERENCE BOOKS:

R1-Jain MP, Indian Constitutional Law, 6TH, Lexis-Nexis India, 2011

R2- V.N. Shukla's, Constitution of India, 11, Eastern Book Co., 2008

R3- Pandey J N, The Constitutional Law of India, 51, central Law Agency, 2014

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Course Learning Outcomes(CLO): On completion of this course, the students will be able
to:

CLO Description Bloom’s


Taxonomy Level

CLO1 By the end of this course, the students will be able to tell the 1, 2, 3,4,6
meaning of sameness and difference and analyze the
relational feminism and the issue of women‘s ―different‖ Remembering,
voice and interpret and discuss the Care, Equality, and Understanding
Families: Debate over Work/Family (Work/Life) Conflict and Apply, Analyzing,
classify create
CLO2 The students will be able to tell the dominance feminism, 1,2, 3, 4,6
Gender Discrimination in various context and interpret and
analyze the dominance of Sexuality, Social Construction, and Remembering,
Women‘s Voices and Discuss about the Disaggregating Sex, Understanding,
Gender, and Sexual Orientation and apply Theorize of Applying,
Sexuality. Analyzing, create

CLO3 The students will be able to interpret the various Theories of 1,2, 3, 4,6
law and Outside of Law of Influential Feminism and apply
Dominance Theory; The students will be able to analyze and Remembering,
discuss the equality of womens and Violence Against Women Understanding,
and tell theories of Influential Feminism and equality of Applying,
womens and crimes against womens. Analyzing, create
CLO4 The students will be able to interpret and discuss the Relational 1,2, 3, 4, 6
Feminism, Anti-essentialism, Postmodern Feminisms and tell
the Sex-Positive Feminism and Third-Wave Feminism and to Remembering,
analyze the status of Lesbian and Queer Legal Theory. Understanding,
Applying,
Analyzing, create

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs

Program Program Specific


Learning Outcomes(PSOs
Outcomes (PLOs) )
Course

Learning

PLO10

PLO11

PLO12
PLO1

PLO2

PLO3

PLO4

PLO5

PLO6

PLO7

PLO8

PLO9

PSO1

PSO2

PSO3

PSO4
Outcomes

L M M L M H M L L M L
CLO1

L M M L M H M L L M L
CLO2

L M M L M H M L L M L
CLO3

L M M L M H M L L M L
CLO4

H: High M: Medium L: Low

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
International Organizations
BLA6103

L T P C
4 1 0 4
(48 Hours)
Course Learning Objective:

To understand the evolution, concept, progress and development of International Organizations


To examine the formation and procedures of General Assembly, Security Council, Economic
and Social Council,Trusteeship Council, Secretariat, International Court of Justice
To analyze the working of the specialized agencies like ILO,IMF, FAO,UNESCO,WHO.
To know the working of different regional institutions.

UNIT – I (12 Hours)

Evolution of international Organization


Concept, nature and development of international organization
Progress of mankind towards international organization
The Concert of Europe
The League of Nations- genesis and creation provisions; its organs
Causes of its failure
The United Nations- genesis and creation provisions
Purpose and principles of the U.N
Membership;Legal capacity; privileges and immunities, achievements and limitations of
the U.N.
The future role of the U.N.
UNIT – II (12 Hours)

The General Assembly- composition, voting procedure, powers and functions


The Security Council- compositions, voting procedure, powers and functions
The Economic and Social Council- composition, voting procedure, powers and functions
The Trusteeship Council- the Trusteeship system, the Trusteeship Agreements,
objectives, and the forms of supervision
The Secretariat- appointment of the Secretary General; powers and functions of the
Secretary General
The International Court of Justice- composition, jurisdiction
A comparative view of the League of Nations and UN Charter
Settlement of International disputes

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
UNIT – III (12 Hours)
Specialised Agencies
International Labour Organisation (ILO)
International Monetary Fund (IMF)
Food and Agriculture Organisation (FAO)
U.N. Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organisation (UNESCO)
World Health Organisation (WHO)

UNIT – IV (12 Hours)


Regional Institutions
The Council of Europe
The Organisation of American States (OAS)
The Association of South East Asian Nations (ASEAN)
The Warsa Treaty Organisation
SAARC

TEXT BOOKS:
T1. D.W. Bowett: The Law of International Institutions
T2. Stephen S. Goodspeed: Nature and Function of International Organisation
T3. D.W. Bowett: United Nations Forces: A Legal Study.
T3. Rahamatullah Khan: Implied Powers of the United Nations

REFERENCE BOOK:

R1. M.S. Rajan: United Nations and Domestic Jurisdiction


R2. Rumki Basu: The United Nations: Structure and Functions of International Organisation

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Course Learning Outcomes(CLO): On completion of this course, the students will be able
to:

CLO Description Bloom’s


Taxonomy Level

CLO1 By the end of this course, the students will be able to tell the 1, 2, 3,4,6
evolution of International Organization and analyze the
organi8zation of the League of Nations and the causes of its Remembering,
failure and interpret and discuss purpose and principles of Understanding
the U.N and the future role of the U.N. and examine the Apply, Analyzing,
privileges and immunities. create
CLO2 The students will be able to interpret the various organs of 1,2, 3, 4,6
the UN and examine the application of their powers and
fumctions. The students will be able to analyze and discuss Remembering,
the League of Nations and UN Charter and tell modes of Understanding,
settlement of International disputes Applying,
Analyzing, create

CLO3 The students will be able to interpret the various specialised 1,2, 3, 4,6
agencies of UN and examine the application of their powers
and fumctions. The students will be able to analyze and Remembering,
discuss the structure of U.N. Educational, Scientific and Understanding,
Cultural Organisation and tell duties of various agencies. Applying,
Analyzing, create
CLO4 The students will be able to interpret and discuss the 1,2, 3, 4, 6
organisation of the Council of Europe and tell object of
ASEAN and to analyze the purpose and object of SAARC Remembering,
Understanding,
Applying,
Analyzing, create

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs

Program Program Specific


Learning Outcomes(PSOs
Outcomes (PLOs) )
Course

Learning

PLO10

PLO11

PLO12
PLO1

PLO2

PLO3

PLO4

PLO5

PLO6

PLO7

PLO8

PLO9

PSO1

PSO2

PSO3

PSO4
Outcomes

L M M L M H M L L M L
CLO1

L M M L M H M L L M L
CLO2

L M M L M H M L L M L
CLO3

L M M L M H M L L M L
CLO4

H: High M: Medium L: Low

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Moot Court - I
BLA6503
L T P C
0 0 4 4

Course Learning Objectives

 Students will get to know how to plead a case and court manners.
 To familiarize students with the Court proceedings and skills of pleading and drafting.
 Students will be able to develop the skill of preparing case briefs.
 Students will understand how to prepare memorials
 Students will develop research skill.

Moot Court
Students shall participate in moot courts exercise. Each Moot court exercise shall carry marks,
which shall be divided for oral advocacy and written submission.

The student shall make written submission on behalf of the party for whom he makes oral
advocacy as assigned by the course teacher.

The written submissions for the moot courts shall be neatly written on one side of the bond size
papers and bound together with a certificate signed by the course teacher and the principal to the
effect that it is the bonafide work of the concerned student.

Observation of Trial

Each student shall attend trials.

The student shall maintain a record and enter the various steps observed during their attendance
on different days in the court

The record shall be neatly written on one side of the bond size paper and bound It will carry a
certificate by the course teacher and cross singed by Dean, faculty of law

TEXT BOOKS:

T1. J.P. Sirohi, Moot Court, Allahabad Law Agency


T2. Tiwari, Moot Court, Allahabad Law Agency

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): On completion of this course, the students will be able to:
CLOs Description Bloom‘s Taxonomy
Level
3
CLO1 Make use of Court room etiquettes while presenting cases
Applying
2, 3
CLO2 Identify and demonstrate effective communication skills, team
Understanding,
spirit, leadership quality, presentation skills, interpersonal skills
Applying
and professional etiquette.
4, 5
CLO3 Take part in case presentation and will be able to present and
Analysing,
defend cases comfortably and confidently influence the public
Evaluating
with professional competence.
6
CLO4 Improve overall communication and presentation skills and
Creating
adapt themselves to the court room environment.

Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs


Course Program Learning Program Specific
Outcomes (PLOs)
Learnin Outcomes (PSOs)
g
PLO10

PLO11

PLO12
PLO1
PLO2

PLO3

PLO4

PLO5

PLO6

PLO7

PLO8

PLO9

PSO1

PSO2

PSO3

PSO4
Outcome
s

CLO1 H H H H H H H H L H M M H

CLO2 H H H H H H H H L H M M H

CLO3 H H H H H H H H L H M M H

CLO4 H H H H H H H H L H M M H

H: High M: Medium L: Low

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
B.A. LL.B. (H)
IV Year VII semester
International Environmental law
BLA7001
L T P C
4 1 0 4

Course Learning Objective:


(48 Hours)
To understand the development of the environment law internationally.
To examine the law relating to environment protection.
To explain the laws relating to the protection of water, forest and wild life.
To analyze the process of seeking remedy for environmental pollution and seeking remedy
for violation of right to clean environment.

UNIT - I (12 Hours)

Nature, Sources of International Environmental Law (IEL)

Principles of IEL (main focus on sustainable development, precautionary principle and


common but differentiated responsibilities)

Implementation and Enforcement of IEL.

Salient features and critical study of Stockholm Conference on Environment, 1972, Nairobi
Declarations, 1982, Rio Conference on Environment and Development, 1992 (Earth Summit)
Rio Declaration, Convention on Biological Diversity, The Indian Biological Diversity Act
2002 Convention on Climate Change.

Responsibility, Dispute Settlement and Compliance in IEL, International Norms: Sustainable


Development: Precautionary Principle. Polluter Pays principle, Agenda 21, Bio- Diversity

UNIT - II (12 Hours)

Public Trust Doctrine, Principle of no fault liability: Absolute Liability; Environment


Protection through Public Interest Litigation, Remedies under various other laws.

Salient features of Environment Protection Act 1986; Aims and objective of the act,
Environment Impact Assessment, Environmental Audit, Public Participation in
Environmental decision making.

Indian Constitution – Provisions relating to Environment Protection.

UNIT – III (12 Hours)


BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Prevention and Control of Water and Air Pollution- The Water (Prevention and Control of
Pollution) Act, 1974:Water Pollution: Definition, Central and State Pollution Control Boards:
Constitution, Powers and Functions, Water Pollution Control Areas, Sample of effluents:
Procedure; Restraint order. Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1981: Air
Pollution: Definition, Central and State Pollution Control Boards: Constitution, Powers and
functions, Air Pollution Control Areas.

The Forest(Conservation) Act, 1980.


The Wild Life Protection Act, 1972.

UNIT IV (12 Hours)

Salient features Public Liability Insurance Act, 1991,

The National Green Tribunal Act, 2010- Aims and objective, composition, functions,
application and appeal.

Green Tribunal Act, 2010.

ACT

1. The Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1974, Universal Publication.

2. The Air ((Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1981, Universal Publication.

3. The Environment (Protection) Act, 1986, Universal Publication.

TEXT BOOKS:

T1. ShyamDiwan, Armin Rosencranz, Environmental Law & Policy in India, Oxford
University Press
T2. P. Leelakrishnan, The Environmental Law in India, LexisNexis Butterworth
T3. Dr.P.S.Jaswal, Environmental Law, Allahabad Law Agency
T4. S.K.Nanda, Environmental Law, 2007 , Universal Publication.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
R1. Simon ball Stuart Bell - Environmental Law, Blackstone Press Ltd
R2. Sanjay Upadhyay and VidehUpadhyay - Handbook on Environmental Laws, Lexis Nexis.
R3. SC Shastri, Environmental Law, 4th ed., 2012
R4. Gurdeep Singh, Environmental Law in India, Mac Milian Publishers, 2005

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Course Learning Outcomes(CLO): On completion of this course, the students will be able
to:
CLO Description Bloom’s
Taxonomy Level

CLO1 By the end of this course, the students will be able 1,2,3,4,5,6
to list the sources of International Environmental Law.
Demonstrate the implementation and enforcement of Remembering,
IEL. Will be able to differentiate and discuss the Understanding,
Salient features and critical study of Stockholm Apply, Analyzing,
Conference, Nairobi Declarations, 1982, Earth Summit, Evaluate, Create
Convention on Biological Diversity, The Indian
Biological Diversity Act 2002 Convention on Climate
Change.The students will be able to compare the
applicability of the Sustainable Development:
Precautionary Principle. Polluter Pays principle and
Agenda 21.
CLO2 By the end of this course, the students will be able to 1,2,4,5,6
list the Salient features of Environment Protection Act
1986 and Aims and objective of the act and examine , Remember,
Environment Impact Assessment, Environmental Audit, Understanding,
Public Participation in Environmental decision making. Analyzing,
Evaluate, Create
Will be able to differentiate and discuss the Public
Trust Doctrine, Principle of no fault liability: Absolute
Liability; Environment Protection through Public Interest
Litigation, Remedies under various other laws.

CLO3 By the end of this course, the students will be able to 1,2,3,4,5,6
tell Constitution, Powers and Functions of Central and
State Pollution Control Boards under the Water Remember,
(Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act. The students Understanding,
will be able to illustrate the process of collecting Apply, Analyzing,
sample of effluents. The students will be able to Evaluating, Create
determine Constitution, Powers and functions under the
Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1981 and
examine the declaration of Pollution Control Areas.
The students will be able to compare the
applicability of the provisions of the
Forest(Conservation) Act, 1980 and the Wild Life
Protection Act, 1972.
CLO4 Students will be able to list out the salient features 1,2,3,4,5,6
Public Liability Insurance Act, 1991. The students
will be able to explain and apply the provisions of the Remember,
National Green Tribunal Act, 2010. The students will Understanding,
be able to analyze and interpret the aims and Applying,
BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
objective, composition, functions of national green Analyzing,
tribunal act. The students will be able to compare Create
the provisions relating to application and appeal.

Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs

Program Program Specific


Learning Outcomes(PSOs)
Outcomes
Course (PLOs)

Learning

PLO10

PLO11

PLO12
PLO1

PLO2

PLO3

PLO4

PLO5

PLO6

PLO7

PLO8

PLO9

PSO1

PSO2

PSO3

PSO4
Outcomes

H M M H H M H L
CLO1

H M M H H M H L
CLO2

H M M H H M H L
CLO3

H M M H H M H L
CLO4

H: High M: Medium L: Low

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
U.P. Land Laws
BLA7002
L T P C
4 1 0 4
Course Learning Objective: (48 Hours)

 To understand the history of land law, their property rights. and UP revenue
Code,2006. , its extent and application, definition; jurisdiction of revenue court.
 To state the rights of tenure holders
 To recognize the concept of acquainted the legal provisions to govern lease, surrender
of land, allotment of land and succession of land
 To examine the procedure and working of revenue and courts and salient features of
UP Consolidation of Holding Act and UP Panchayat Raj.

UNIT - I (12 Hours)

Causes for zamindari abolition

Aims, objective and salient features of Zamindari Abolition and Land Reform Act,1950

Special features and object of U.P. Revenue Code,2006.

Important definitions: Agricultural year, Beneficiary, Land Management Committee, Goan Fund
and Consolidated Gaon Fund, Gram Sabha, Gram Panchayat, Grove Land, Intermediary,
Revenue and Sir.

Consequences of vesting

UNIT - II (12 Hours)

Classes of tenure holder


Rights of tenure holder
Ejectment

UNIT - III (12


Hours)

Abandonment;Consequences of abandoment
Surrender
disctinction between surrender and abandonment
Lease
Allotment of land
Succession

UNIT - IV (12 Hours)


BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Revenue and rent
Revenue courts and Revenue Authorities
Procedure and Powers of Revenue Court and Revenue Officers
Maintenance of Maps and Records, Revision or Maps and Records
Appeal, Revision and Review
TEXT BOOKS:

T1. Dr.R.R.Maurya, U.P.Land Laws, 28 th Ed.2007,Central law Publications


T2. Dr.C.P.Singh, U.P. Land Laws. Allahabad Law Agency

REFERENCE BOOKS:

R1. Dr.R.P.Singh, U.P.Land Laws, Eastern Book Company

Acts

The UP Zamindari Abolition and Land Reforms Act, 1950, Universal Publication
U.P Land Revenue Code,2006
U.P Panchayat Raj Act,1947

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Course Learning Outcomes(CLO): On completion of this course, the students will be able
to:

CLO Descriptio Bloom’s


n Taxonomy Level

CLO1 By the end of this course, the students will be 1, 2, 4


able to tell the need of abolition of zamindari
system. Interpret the importance of revenue and Remembering,
analyze the effects of land. Understanding,
Analyzing

CLO2 The students will be able to review the new 2, 4, 5


code . They will be able to test the Capacity to
tenure holders . Student will evaluate the effect of Understanding,
tenure holders. Analyzing,
Evaluating

CLO3 The students will be able to summarise the 2, 3, 4


different modes taking land like
abandonment ,surrender,letting etc. It will enable Understanding,
them to differentiate between main concepts. Applying,
Analyzing
CLO4 The students will be able to tell the forum and the 1,2,3
cases under which remedy for land dispute. enable
them to identify the validity of subsidiary Remembering,
legislations . Understanding,
Applying

BA LLB (HONS)

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs

Program Program Specific


Learning Outcomes(PSOs
Outcomes (PLOs) )
Course

Learning

PLO10

PLO11

PLO12
PLO1

PLO2

PLO3

PLO4

PLO5

PLO6

PLO7

PLO8

PLO9

PSO1

PSO2

PSO3

PSO4
Outcomes

CLO1 H H L H M M M
H H L M

CLO2 L H L H M M M
M

CLO3 H H M L L H M M M

CLO4 H H L H M M M
M

H: High M: Medium L: Low

B.Com. LL.B. (Hons.)


Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
COMPANY LAW
BLA 7003

L T P C
4 1 0 4

Course Learning Objective: (48 Hours)


 To state the meaning, kinds of corporation, promoters and their liabilities and the mode
of consequences of incorporation.
 To understand the memorandum of association and articles of association of a company
 To explain prospectus of company and shares of company.
 To examine the functioning of company and directors of company

UNIT - I (12
Hours)

 Meaning of Corporation
 Nature and kinds of company
 Promoters: Position, duties and liabilities
 Mode and consequences of incorporation
 Theory of Corporate personality
 Lifting of corporate veil

UNIT - II (12 Hours)


 Memorandum of Association, Alteration and the doctrine of ultra vires
 Articles of Association, binding nature, alteration, relation with memorandum of
Association
 Doctrine of Constructive Notice and Indoor Management-exceptions

UNIT - III (12 Hours)

 Prospectus: Issues, contents, kinds, liabilities for misstatement, statement in lieu of


prospectus
 Shares and general principles of allotment
 Share certificate and share warrant
 Debentures

UNIT - IV (12 Hours)

 Management and Control of Companies: Meeting kinds, Procedure for calling meeting
and annual general meeting
 Directors : Board of Directors, Appointment, Qualification, Power and Removal.
 Merger, Acquisition, Amalgamation and Take Over.
 Winding up of Company, liquidator
B.Com. LL.B. (Hons.)
Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
ACT:

The Companies Act, 2013 along with The Companies Act, 1956.

TEXT BOOKS:

T1 G K Kapoor & Sanjay Dhamija, Company Law and Practice, 2017, Taxmann
Publication.
T2 Avtar Singh, Indian Company Law, 2017, Eastern Book Company.
T3 Study Material Executive Programme Company Law Paper1, Module 1, ICSI.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

R1 Gower and Davies: The Principles of Modern Company Law, 10th edition, Sweet &
Maxwell.
R2 Guide to the Companies Act (Providing Guidance on the Companies Act, 2013):Lexis
Nexis

B.Com. LL.B. (Hons.)


Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Course Learning Outcomes(CLO): On completion of this course, the students will be able
to:

CLO Descriptio Bloom’s


n Taxonomy

CLO1 By the end of this course, the students will be able to


remember and interpret the basics of Company 1,2,3,4,5
law.The students will be able to identify and explain Remembering,
diversified dimensions and concept of companies Understanding,
along with their historical development through Analyzing,
different timeline.
Evaluating
CLO2 The students will be able to define and interpret
incorporation of company. The students will be able to 1,2,3,4,5
analyze the different concept of company law and Remembering,
evaluate the rights and duties of promoter and their Understanding,
role in company. The student will able to identify
Applying,
actual application of corporate principles in board
Analyzing,
meeting.
Evaluating
CLO3 The students will be able to define and classify 1, 2, 3, 4,5
various types of share capital. The students will be
able to interpret and examine the issues of share Remembering,
capital. The students will be able to determine effect Understanding,
of prospectus in the function of company. The students Applying,
will be able to identify and determine the liability of Analyzing,
person who made any false statement in the prospectus Evaluating
or gives his/ her assent in time of issue of such
prospectus.
CLO4 The students will be able to Define alternation of share 1, 2,3,4,5
capital, explain and apply the effects of any kind of
alternation in share capital. The students will be able to Remembering,
distinguish between alteration and reduction of share capital Understanding,
along with the effect of buyback of share capital. The Applying,
students will be able to evaluate effect of debt instruments Analyzing,
issued buy and for the company. Evaluating

B.Com. LL.B. (Hons.)


Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs

Program Program
Learning Specific
Outcomes (PLOs) Outcomes(PS
Course
Os)
Learning

PLO10

PLO11

PLO12
PLO1

PLO2

PLO3

PLO4

PLO5

PLO6

PLO7

PLO8

PLO9

PSO1

PSO2

PSO3

PSO4
Outcomes

CLO1 H H L H M M M
H H L M

CLO2 L H L H M M M
M

CLO3 H H M L L H M M M

CLO4 H H L H M M M
M

H: High M: Medium L: Low

B.Com. LL.B. (Hons.)


Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE
BLA 7004
L T P C
4 1 0 4
Course Learning Objective: (48 Hours)

 To understand the history of civil procedure code, its extent and application, definition;
jurisdiction of civil courts and nature of civil suit
 To state the the concept know jurisdiction of civil courts and nature of civil suit
 To recognize the concept of the civil law relating to appeals, reference, review and
revision
 To examine the procedure of trial of civil nature and differentiate between different
kinds of order and judgment
UNIT - I (12
Hours)

 Distinction between procedural law and substantive law, - History of the code, extent and
its application.
 Introduction- Definition: Decree, Judgment, Order, Foreign Court, Foreign Judgment,
Mesne Profits, Affidavit, Suit of a civil nature, Plaint, Written Statement, Legal
Representative Kinds of courts , Suits of civil nature (Sec9)

 Jurisdiction of the civil courts -


 Doctrine of Res sub-judice and Res-judicata (Sec 10,11 and 12) Foreign Judgment (Sec
13,14),

UNIT – II (12
Hours)

 Place of Suing (Ss 15 to 20), Institution of suit, cause of action, joinder, non-joinder and
mis-joinder of parties, Multifariousness
 Suits in Particular Cases — Suits by or against Government — Suits relating to public
matters;
 Suits by or against minors, persons with unsound mind, -
 Suits by indigent persons – Inter pleader suits
 Incidental and supplementary proceedings -

UNIT – III (12


Hours)
 Appeals, Reference, Review and Revision — Appeals from Original Decrees.
 Pleading: Fundamental rules of pleadings- Meaning, Object, General Rules,
 Amendment of Pleading Plaint and Written statement- Admission return and rejection
 Appearance, non-appearance of parties- Ex-parte proceedings; and examination of parties
 First hearing: Meaning, object, framing of issues, omission to frame issues, disposal of
suit in the first hearing;

B.Com. LL.B. (Hons.)


Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
UNIT – IV (12
Hours)

 Execution: General principal of execution, Mode of Execution


 Summoning and attendance of witnesses, summons to produce documents, adjournment,
hearing of suit.
 Affidavit – Adjournment, Temporary injuctions.
 Judgment and decree .
 Inherent power of Court (section 151)
 Importance of Order and its use.

TEXT BOOKS:

T1. Mulla, Code of Civil Procedure, Universal, Delhi


T2. C.K.Thakkar, Code of Civil Procedure, Universal Publication,Delhi
T3. M.P.Tandon, Code of Civil Procedure, Allahabad Law Agency
T4. Anil Nandwani, Code of Civil Procedure, Allahabad Law Agency
T5. C.K.Takwani, Code of Civil Prodecure,Eastern Book Company

REFERENCE BOOKS:
R1. Majumdar, P.K. and Kataria, R.P., Commentary on the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908,
universal, Delhi.

B.Com. LL.B. (Hons.)


Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Course Learning Outcomes(CLO): On completion of this course, the students will be
able to:

CLO Descripti Bloom’s


on Taxonomy Level

CLO1 By the end of this course, the students will be 1, 2, 4,5,6


able to tell the extent and its application of the Code
and interpret between procedural law and Remembering,
substantive law and analyze the definitions of Understanding,
Decree, Judgment, Order, Foreign Court, Foreign Analyzing,
Judgment, Mesne Profits, Affidavit, Suit of a civil Evaluating, Create
nature, Plaint, Written Statement, Legal
Representative and discuss Kinds of courts , Suits of
civil nature (Sec9) and evaluate jurisdiction of the
civil courts.

CLO2 By the end of this course, the students will be 1,2,4,5,6


able to tell the provisions relating to the Place of
Suing. Compare and examine the different Remember,
provisions for joinder, non-joinder and mis-joinder Understanding,
of parties. Will be able to differentiate and Analyzing,
discuss the different provisions relating to Suits Evaluate, Create
by or against minors, persons with unsound mind,
Suits by indigent persons.

CLO3 By the end of this course, the students will be 1,2,4,5,6


able to tell the Fundamental rules of pleadings.
Compare and examine the Amendment of Remember,
Pleading Plaint and Written statement. Will be able Understanding,
to differentiate and discuss Appeals, Reference, Analyzing,
Review and Revision. Evaluate, Create
CLO4 By the end of this course, the students will be 1,2,4,5,6
able to tell the General principal of execution.
Compare and examine the provisions relating to Remember,
Summoning and attendance of witnesses, summons to Understanding,
produce documents, adjournment, hearing of suit. Analyzing,
Evaluate,
Will be able to differentiate between Judgment
Create
and decree and discuss the Inherent power of Court.

B.Com. LL.B. (Hons.)


Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs

Course Program Program


Learning Specific
Learning
Outcomes (PLOs) Outcomes(PSOs)
Outcomes

PLO10

PLO11

PLO12
PLO1

PLO2

PLO3

PLO4

PLO5

PLO6

PLO7

PLO8

PLO9

PSO1

PSO2

PSO3

PSO4
L M H H L H M
CLO1

L M H H L H M
CLO2

L M H H L H M
CLO3

L M H H L H M
CLO4

H: High M: Medium L: Low

B.Com. LL.B. (Hons.)


Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Elective II
Criminology, Penology & Victimology
BLA7101
L T P C
4 1 0 4

Course Learning Objectives:

 To understand and apply the general principles of the Criminology


 To analyze students to get the concept of Organized crimes.
 To know, analyze and apply the schools of criminology
 To understand and examine the importance of victimology ,police system

UNIT - I (12 Hours)


Criminology: Nature & Scope – Nature and Extent of Crime in India
Organized Crimes; Types of Organized Crimes
White Collar Crime: Corruption in Public Life
Socio Economic Crime- Adulteration of Foods and Drugs
Crime in the Profession
The situational Crime
Young offender

UNIT - II (12
Hours)
 Schools of Criminology
 Kinds of Punishment: Sentencing Policies and process
 The Riddle of Capital Punishment
 Theories of Punishment – Deterrent, Retributive, Preventive and Reformative
 Prison System in India- Open Prisons
 Constitutional Imperatives and Prisons Reforms

UNIT - III (12 Hours)


Victimology, Concept, Introduction, History and philosophy
Indian experience, Legal framework, Role of Court, Role of NHRC
Need for Compensation, Compensation and rehabilitation, Compensation as a mode of
Punishment.
Victim witness Assistant Programmes
Constitutional Perspective of Compensation

UNIT - IV (12
Hours)
The Police system, Structural Organization of Police and the States
Development of Police Organisation
Power, Legal Functions and Duties of Police
Concept and Definition of Probation, Parole
Origin of Probation System
B.Com. LL.B. (Hons.)
Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Probation of Offenders Act 1958
Parole, Nature of Parole Authority for Granting Parole
Parole and Conditional Release
Attitude of the Community towards Release of Offender

TEXT BOOKS:
T1. Katherine S Williams, Textbook on Criminology, 1999, Oxford University Press
T2. Walker, N. Crime and Criminology, 1987, Edinburgh University Press
T3. V N Rajan, Victimology in India, Allied Publication
T4. S Chabra, Quantum of Punishment in Criminal Law, Pioneer Publication (1999).
T5. Herbert L Packer, the Limits of Criminal sanctions, Stanford University Press
T6. Pranjapee N. B, Criminology and Penology with Victimology, Central Law Publication,
2014
T7. Syed M. Afzal Qadri, Ahmad Siddique's Criminology Penology and Victimology, Eastern
Book Company

REFERENCE BOOKS:
R1. Loveland, Frontiers of Criminality, 1995, Sweet & Maxwell
R2. Manheim H, comparative Criminology, 1965, Routledge & Kegan Paul
R3. H L A Hart, Punishment and Responsibility, Oxford University Press Canada, Oxford
University Press Canada

B.Com. LL.B. (Hons.)


Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Course Learning Outcomes(CLO): On completion of this course, the students will be able
to:
CLO Description Bloom’s
Taxonomy Level

CLO1 By the end of this course, the students will be able to tell 1, 2, 3, 4, 5
the definition nature and scope of Criminology .
Demonstrate the understanding of Need of importance Remembering,
Organized crime. Evaluate suitability of different Understanding,
measures toprevant white collar crime. Will be able to Apply, Analyzing,
differentiate between the Concept of usual crime and Evaluating
white collar crime. Will be able to review the situation
of younger offender
CLO2 The students will be able to interpret and define the 1, 2, 3, 4, 5
school of criminology and will be able to elaborate it
with the help of case laws the suitability of different Remembering,
schools. Understanding,
Students will be able to exhibit consequance of death Apply, Analyzing,
penalty Evaluating
Evaluate the application of open prison.
CLO3 The students will be able to illustrate and tell the concept 1, 2, 3, 4,
of victimology. The students will be able to determine
the justify the degrees of victims.and examine the 5Remembering,
international approach towards victims. Understanding,
Apply, Analyzing,
Evaluating

CLO4 The students will be able to explain and apply Meaning of 1, 2, 3, 4,


police systemThe students will be able to analyze the principle
of probation Evaluate the Essential characteristics of the parole 5Remembering,
and probation and Probation Of Offenders Act. Understanding,
Apply, Analyzing,
Evaluating

B.Com. LL.B. (Hons.)


Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs

Program Program Specific


Learning Outcomes(PSOs)
Outcomes (PLOs)
Course

Learning

PLO10

PLO11

PLO12
PLO1

PLO2

PLO3

PLO4

PLO5

PLO6

PLO7

PLO8

PLO9

PSO1

PSO2

PSO3

PSO4
Outcomes

CLO1 L M H H M H H H H M M

CLO2 M M H H M H H H H M M

CLO3 M M H H M H H H H M M

CLO4 M M H H M H H H H M M

H: High M: Medium L: Low

B.Com. LL.B. (Hons.)


Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Legal Method
BLA7102
L T P C
4 1 0 4

Course Learning Objective: (48 Hours)


 To understand with basics of legal methods , law its nature and function
 To state the concept judicial activism and judicial review.
 To recognize the concept about the different kinds of law, structure of legislation and
rules of interpretation.
 To examine case study and use of library
UNIT - I (12
Hours)
1. Legal Method and Introduction to Legal System.
2. Law object and concerns.
3. What is Law? A discussion from different perspectives
4. Nature and function of Law

UNIT – II (12
Hours)
1. Judicial Activism-
2. Judicial Review of Administrative action 24. Social Action Litigation (P.I.L.)Locus-
Standi
3. Judicial Review of India
4. Legitimacy of Judicial Activism
5. Competence of Two Judge Benches of Supreme Court to Refer cases to Larger Benches
6. Disciplining Division Benches of Two Judges of the Supreme Court
7. Prospective Overruling and Judicial Restraint

UNIT – III (12


Hours)
1. Statutory Law, Procedural Law and Substantive Law
2. Structure of legislation
3. Rules of Interpretation
UNIT – IV (12
Hours)
1. Case Law in the study of Legal Method
2. Determining the Ratio-decidendi of a case
3. Understanding Law Reports
4. Using a Law Library

Text Books:
T1. A. T. H. Smith, Glanville Willaim‟s Learning the Law, Sweet & Maxwell, 2013 (15th Edn)
T2. John Wiliam Salmond, Jurisprudence, Sweet & Maxwell, 1966 (12th Edn)

References Books:
R1. John William Salmond, Jurisprudence or Theory of Law, Gale ECCO, 2012
B.Com. LL.B. (Hons.)
Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
R2. S. K. Verma & M. Afzal Wani (ed.), Legal Research and Methodology, ILI, Delhi 2001
R3. D.D Basu, Introduction to the Constitution of India, Lexis Nexis, 2013 (21st Edn)
R4. Benjamin N. Cardozo, The Nature of Judicial Process, Dover Publications, 2005
R5. Joseph Minattur, Indian Legal System, ILI Publication, 2006( 2nd Revised Edn)
R6. J.C. Dernbach, R.V Singleton, et.al., A Practical Guide to Legal Writing and Legal
Method, Aspen Publishers, 2013 (5th Edn)
Course Learning Outcomes(CLO): On completion of this course, the students will be able
to:

CLO Description Bloom’s


Taxonomy Level

CLO1 By the end of this course, the students will be able to 1, 2, 4,6
tell, explain and analyze basics of legal methods and
discuss Nature and function of Law. Remembering,
Understanding,
Analyzing, Create

CLO2 The students will be able to review, explain and 1,2, 4, 5,6
analyze the validity law by judicial activism and judicial
review and discuss Prospective Overruling and Judicial Remembering,
Restraint. Will be able to tell Legitimacy of Judicial Understanding,
Activism Analyzing,
Evaluating,
Create
CLO3 The students will be able to summarise the different 1,2, 3, 4, 6
modes of interpretation . The students will be able to
use, interpret the different types of interpretation as Remembering,
practicing lawyers. Will be able to discuss Rules of Understanding,
Interpretation Applying,
Analyzing, Create
CLO4 The students will be able to tell the forum for research. 1,2,5,6
Case study . Enable them to identify the validity of
special quality of case study. Determine and discuss the Remembering,
Ratio-decidendi of a case Understanding,
Evaluating,
Create

B.Com. LL.B. (Hons.)


Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs

Program Program Specific


Learning Outcomes(PSOs
Outcomes (PLOs) )
Course

Learning

PLO10

PLO11

PLO12
PLO1

PLO2

PLO3

PLO4

PLO5

PLO6

PLO7

PLO8

PLO9

PSO1

PSO2

PSO3

PSO4
Outcomes

CLO1 H H L H M M M
H H L M

CLO2 L H L H M M M
M

CLO3 H H M L L H M M M

CLO4 H H L H M M M
M

H: High M: Medium L: Low

B.Com. LL.B. (Hons.)


Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Moot Court - II
BLA7501

L T P C
0 0 4 4

Course Learning Objectives

 Students will get to know how to plead a case and court manners.
 To familiarize students with the Court proceedings and skills of pleading and drafting.
 Students will be able to develop the skill of preparing case briefs.
 Students will understand how to prepare memorials
 Students will develop research skill.

Moot Court
Students shall participate in moot courts exercise. Each Moot court exercise shall carry marks,
which shall be divided for oral advocacy and written submission.

The student shall make written submission on behalf of the party for whom he makes oral
advocacy as assigned by the course teacher.

The written submissions for the moot courts shall be neatly written on one side of the bond size
papers and bound together with a certificate signed by the course teacher and the principal to the
effect that it is the bonafide work of the concerned student.

Observation of Trial

Each student shall attend trials.

The student shall maintain a record and enter the various steps observed during their attendance
on different days in the court

The record shall be neatly written on one side of the bond size paper and bound It will carry a
certificate by the course teacher and cross singed by Dean, faculty of law

TEXT BOOKS:

T1. J.P. Sirohi, Moot Court, Allahabad Law Agency


T2. Tiwari, Moot Court, Allahabad Law Agency

B.Com. LL.B. (Hons.)


Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): On completion of this course, the students will be able to:
CLOs Description Bloom‘s Taxonomy
Level
3
CLO1 Make use of Court room etiquettes while presenting cases
Applying
2, 3
CLO2 Identify and demonstrate effective communication skills, team
Understanding,
spirit, leadership quality, presentation skills, interpersonal skills
Applying
and professional etiquette.
4, 5
CLO3 Take part in case presentation and will be able to present and
Analysing,
defend cases comfortably and confidently influence the public
Evaluating
with professional competence.
6
CLO4 Improve overall communication and presentation skills and
Creating
adapt themselves to the court room environment.

Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs


Course Program Learning Program Specific
Outcomes (PLOs)
Learnin Outcomes (PSOs)
g
PLO10

PLO11

PLO12
PLO1
PLO2

PLO3

PLO4

PLO5

PLO6

PLO7

PLO8

PLO9

PSO1

PSO2

PSO3

PSO4
Outcome
s

CLO1 H H H H H H H H L H M M H

CLO2 H H H H H H H H L H M M H

CLO3 H H H H H H H H L H M M H

CLO4 H H H H H H H H L H M M H

H: High M: Medium L: Low

B.Com. LL.B. (Hons.)


Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
B.A. LL.B. (H)

IV Year , VIII Semester


Law of Taxation
BLA8003
L T P C
4 1 0 4

Course Learning Objective: (48 Hours)

To make student understand and apply the basic concept of Taxation and related constitutional
provisions
Understand and analyze the different kinds of classification of income under different heads
To know, analyze and apply the procedure of assessment.
To understand about legal provisions related to the income tax authorities and examine the
procedure of appeals and revision.

UNIT I: (12
Hours)

 Scope of Tax Laws


 Constitutional Provisions – Art. 265 – 289-special reference to GST
 Tax and fee; Capital receipt & Revenue receipt distinguished.
 Important Definitions - Assessment Year, Previous Year, Person, Assesse, Income, Gross
Total Income and Total Income, Residential Status and Tax Liability
 Statutory Exemptions

UNIT II:
(12Hours)

Classification of income under different heads & computation of income tax:

 Salary
 Income from House Property
 Profits & Gains from Business & Profession
 Capital Gains
 Income from other sources

UNIT III: (12


Hours)

 Clubbing of Income
B.Com. LL.B. (Hons.)
Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
 Set off
 Carry Forward of Losses
 Procedure of Assessment
 Advance Payment of Tax and Deduction of Tax at Source

UNIT IV: (12


Hours)

 Income Tax Authorities


 Settlement of Cases
 Appeals & Revision
 Penalties, offences & prosecution
 Tax Planning for Individuals

TEXT BOOKS:

T1.HC Mehrotra, SP Goyal, ―Problems and Solutions in Income Tax,‖ Sahitya Bhawan
Publications.

T2. Somesh Kumar Shukla, ―Direct Tax, Law and Accounts‖, New Royal Book Company.

T3. V. K. Singhania and Monica Singhania, Students Guide to Income Tax, Taxmann
Publications (P) Ltd, New. Delhi.

T4. Dr. Girish Ahuja, ―Practical Approach to Income Tax‖.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

R1. V. P. Gaur & D. B. Narang, Income Tax – Law & Practice; Kalyani Publishres, Ludhiana.

B.Com. LL.B. (Hons.)


Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Course Learning Outcomes(CLO): On completion of this course, the students will be able
to:

CLO Description Bloom’s


Taxonomy Level

CLO1 By the end of this course, the students will be able to 1, 2, 3, 4, 5


tell the definition nature and scope; Effect of taxation
laws; classification of heads of taxes; interpret Remembering,
important Definitions - Assessment Year, Previous Understanding
Year, Person, Assesse, Income, Estimate the Apply, Evaluate
residential status and tax liability accordingly; analyze Analyzing
Constitutional Provisions – Art. 265 – 289-special
reference to GST and will be able to differentiate
between the Capital receipt & Revenue receipt. Apply
statutory Exemptions while calculating gross total
income and taxable income.
CLO2 The students will be able to remember, interpret and 1, 2, 3, 4, 5
classify income under different heads & will be able to
calculate and analyze income tax accordingly. Remembering,
Understanding,
Applying,
Analyzing,
Evaluating
CLO3 The students will be able to illustrate clubbing of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5
income from various heads, will identify set of losses.
The students will be able to determine carry forward Remembering,
of losses and examine the procedure of Assessment of
tax liability. The students will be able to explain and Understanding,
define Advance Payment of Tax and Deduction of Tax Applying,
at Source Analyzing,
Evaluating

CLO4 The students will be able to explain and apply the law 1, 2, 3, 4, 5
relating to income tax authorities. The students will be
able to remember and interpret tax provisions related Remembering,
to Appeals & Revision their Penalties. Understanding
The students will be able to interpret offences under Apply, Evaluate
income tax & prosecution analyze and evaluate Tax Analyzing
Planning for Individuals.

B.Com. LL.B. (Hons.)


Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs

Program Program Specific


Learning Outcomes(PSOs
Outcomes (PLOs) )
Course

Learning

PLO10

PLO11

PLO12
PLO1

PLO2

PLO3

PLO4

PLO5

PLO6

PLO7

PLO8

PLO9

PSO1

PSO2

PSO3

PSO4
Outcomes

H H M L H H L L H L H H L H
CLO1

H H H H M M H L H L H H L L
CLO2

L H L H H M L H M H H H H
CLO3

L H L H L H H H L L M H L L H
CLO4

H: High M: Medium L: Low

B.Com. LL.B. (Hons.)


Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
ARBITRATION AND ALTERNATIVE DISPUTE RESOLUTION
BLA 8005
L T P C
4 1 0 4
Course Learning Objectives:

To understand and apply the general principles of the Alternative Dispute Resolution
To analyze students to get the concept of Salient features of Arbitration and conciliation
Act, 1996
To know, analyze and apply powers and functions of the conciliator and mediator.
To understand and examine the principles of Negotiations

UNIT - I (12 Hours)

Object and scope of different methods of dispute resolution


Need for ADRs- International commitments;
Domestic needs; Suitability of ADRs to particular types of disputes
Alternative Dispute Resolution (ADR): Concept and Need and International and National
initiatives in India

UNIT - II (12 Hours)

Arbitration under Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996: General Provisions,


Definitions, Arbitration agreement, Interim measures by court.
Different kinds of arbitration; Qualities and qualifications of an arbitrator; Arbitration
agreement and its drafting
Appointment of arbitrator
Difference between Arbitration and Court

UNIT – III (12 Hours)

Composition of Arbitral Tribunal- Composition, Jurisdiction, Conduct of Arbitral


Proceedings: Settlement, form and contents of arbitral award, termination of proceedings,
correction and interpretation of awards, additional award.
Recourse against Arbitral Award -Application for setting aside Arbitral Award, Finality
and enforcement of Arbitral Award, appealable orders
Conciliation: Meaning; Different kinds of conciliation- facilitative, evaluative, voluntary
and compulsory; Qualities of a conciliator;
Duties of a conciliator; Role of a conciliator; Stages of conciliation;
Procedure:- Conciliation under-Industrial Disputes Act, 1947 and under Arbitration and
Conciliation Act, 1996

UNIT - IV (12 Hours)


Negotiation: Meaning; Different styles of negotiation

B.Com. LL.B. (Hons.)


Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Different approaches to negotiation; Phases of negotiation
Mediation: Meaning; Role of mediator
Essential characteristics of the mediation process - voluntary, collaborative, controlled,
confidential, informal, impartial & neutral, self-responsible

ACT

Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996. , Eastern Book Company

TEXT BOOKS:

T1. B.P.Saraf&M.Jhunjhunwala, Law of Arbitration & Conciliation, (2000) Snow White,


Mumbai
T2. G.K.Kwatra, The Arbitration & Conciliation Law of India, (2000), Universal, Delhi
T3. B.D.Singh, ADR System, (2007) New Royal Book Co. Lucknow
T4. Rao, P.C., Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996, Universal Law Book Co., Pvt. Ltd.,
(1997)
T5. Chaudhary, S.K. Roy, Law of Arbitration Conciliation, 4th Ed. Eastern Book

REFERENCE BOOKS:
R1. Gerald R.William , The New Arbitration & Conciliation Law of India, Universal New
Delhi
R2. P.C. Rao& William Sheffield, Alternative Disputes Resolutions, (1997) Universal,
Delhi
R3. Johari, Commentary on Arbitration and Conciliation Act. 1999 Universal, Delhi

R4. SridharMadabhushi, Alternative Dispute Resolution, 2006, Lexis Nexis


Butterworths, New Delhi
R5. Raj and RD, A Primer on Alternative Dispute Resolution, 2005, Barathi Law
Publications, Tirunelveli

Course Learning Outcomes(CLO): On completion of this course, the students will be able
to:
CLO Description Bloom’s
Taxonomy Level

B.Com. LL.B. (Hons.)


Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
CLO1 By the end of this course, the students will be able to 1, 2, 3, 4, 5
tell the definition nature and scope; Object and scope
of different methods of dispute resolution Remembering,
Demonstrate the understanding of Need for ADRs- Understanding,
International commitments and also Domestic needs. Apply, Analyzing,
Evaluate suitability of ADRs to particular types of Evaluating
disputes. Will be able to differentiate between the
Concept and Need and International and National
initiatives in India. Will be able to review Alternative
Dispute Resolution (ADR).
CLO2 The students will be able to interpret and define 1, 2, 3, 4, 5
General Provisions, Definitions, Arbitration agreement,
Interim measures by court and will be able to elaborate Remembering,
it with the help of case laws provided under Arbitration Understanding,
under Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996.Students Apply, Analyzing,
will be able to exhibit the principles of different kinds Evaluating
of arbitration; Qualities and qualifications of an
arbitrator and Appointment of arbitrator and also the
difference between Arbitration and Court.Evaluate the
application of Arbitration agreement and its drafting.
CLO3 The students will be able to illustrate and tell 1, 2, 3, 4, 5
Composition of Arbitral Tribunal- Composition,
Jurisdiction, Conduct of Arbitral Proceedings: Remembering,
Settlement, form and contents of arbitral award, Understanding,
termination of proceedings, correction and Apply, Analyzing,
interpretation of awards, additional award and also the Evaluating
recourse against Arbitral Award -Application for
setting aside Arbitral Award, Finality and enforcement
of Arbitral Award, appealable orders. The students will
be able to determine the Meaning of conciliation,
Different kinds of conciliation, justify the Qualities
and duties of a conciliator; and examine the Procedure
of Conciliation under-Industrial Disputes Act, 1947
and under Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996
CLO4 The students will be able to explain and apply Meaning of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5
Negotiation, Different styles of negotiation, Different
approaches to negotiation; Phases of negotiation. The Remembering,
students will be able to analyze the principle of Mediation,
How Role of mediator and separation of power Understanding,
interconnected; Doctrine of Legitimate expectation. Apply, Analyzing,
Evaluate the Essential characteristics of the mediation Evaluating
process - voluntary, collaborative, controlled, confidential,
informal, impartial & neutral, self-responsible
Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs

B.Com. LL.B. (Hons.)


Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Course Program Learning Outcomes Program Specific
(PLOs) Outcomes(PSOs)
Learning PLO1

PLO2

PLO3

PLO4

PLO5

PLO6

PLO7

PLO8

PLO9

PLO1

PLO1

PLO1

PSO1

PSO2

PSO3

PSO4
Outcomes

2
CLO1 L M H H M H H H H M M

CLO2 M M H H M H H H H M M

CLO3 M M H H M H H H H M M

CLO4 M M H H M H H H H M M

H: High M: Medium L: Low

B.Com. LL.B. (Hons.)


Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Human Rights

BLA8006
L T P C
4 1 0 4
Course Learning Objective: (48 Hours)

To understand relationship between Human Rights, and and apply democracy ` and
development to the society.
To analyze the national and international regime of Human Rights
To know, analyze and apply the American and European Convention on human rights and the
right of refugees and asylum.
To understand and examine the Indian laws relating to protection of human rights.

UNIT - I (12
Hours)
 Meaning of Human rights
 Evolution of human rights
 Human rights in Indian tradition(Ancient,Medival and Modern)
 Human rights in Western Tradition(First,Second and third generation of human rights)
 Concept of natural law,natural rights and human rights

UNIT - II (12
Hours)
 United Nations and human rights
 International bill of human rights
 Universal declaration of human rights,1948 (Individual and Group rights)
 International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights, 1966.
 International Covenant Economic, Social and Cultural Rights, 1966.

UNIT - III (12


Hours)
 Regional Protection of Human rights
 American Covention on Human Rights
 European Convention on Human Rights
 African Charter on human and peoples rights
 Refugee
 Asylum

UNIT - IV (12
Hours)
 Human rights in India
 Human right norms reflected in fundamental rights in the Indian Constitutional
B.Com. LL.B. (Hons.)
Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
 Judicial Activism & Protection of human rights in India
 The Protection of Human Rights Act, 1993
 National Human Rights Commission,National Commission for minorities, National
Commission for Women , OBC, SC and ST.

TEXT BOOKS :

T1. Meron Theodor, Ed, Human Rights and International Law: Legal and Policy Issues, 2
Vols, Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1983
T2. S K Kapoor, Human rights Under International Law and Indian Law, Central Law
agency.
T3. D.D. Basu : Human Rights in Indian Constitutional Law (1994)
T4. Justice Venkataramiah : Human Rights in the Changing World (1998):,
T5. Paramjit S. Jaiswat and and Neshtha Jaiswal : Human Rights and the Law (1996)
T6. Agarwal, H.O; International Law and Human Rights,; Central Law Publication

REFERENCE BOOKS:

R1. Henkin Luis, Rights of Man Today, London: Stevens, 1978

R2. SinghNagendra, Enforcement of Human Rights in Peace and War and the future of
humanity, Calcutta: Eastern Law House, 1986

R3. Starke, An Introduction to International Law, Butterworth-Heinemann


R4. Rebecca Wallace, International Law, - Sweet and Maxwell

R5. Brownlie, Principles of International Law, Oxford Publication

ACTS:

 United Nations Charter, 1945, Universal Publication


 Universal Declaration of Human Rights, 1948, Universal Publication
 International Convention on the Elimination of All Forms of Racial Discrimination,
1948,
Universal Publication
 International covenant on civil and Political Rights, 1966, Universal Publication
 International covenant on Economic and Cultural Rights, 1966, Universal Publication
 Convention on Elimination of All forms of Discrimination Against Women, 1979,
Universal Publication
 Convention on the Rights of the Child, 1989, Universal Publication
 The Protection of Human Rights Act, 1993

B.Com. LL.B. (Hons.)


Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Course Learning Outcomes(CLO): On completion of this course, the students will be able
to:

CLO Description Bloom’s


Taxonomy Level

CLO1 By the end of this course, the students will be able to tell 1, 2, 3, 4, 5
Meaning of Human rights, Evolution of human rights
Demonstrate the understanding of Human rights in Remembering,
Indian tradition (Ancient,Medival and Modern) with Understanding,
study of Western Tradition(First,Second and third Apply, Analyzing,
generation of human rights). Will be able to interpret Evaluating
and differentiate between the Concept and Need of
natural law. Evaluate the natural rights and human rights.
CLO2 The students will be able to interpret functioning of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5
United Nations and point out its relation with human
rights, International bill of human rights. Will be able to Remembering,
elaborate need of Universal declaration of human Understanding,
rights,1948 (Individual and Group rights). Apply, Analyzing,
Students will be able to exhibit and evaluate the articles Evaluating
and provisions of International Covenant on Civil and
Political Rights, 1966 & International Covenant
Economic, Social and Cultural Rights, 1966.
CLO3 The students will be able to tell Regional, American, 1, 2, 3, 4,5
European Convention on Human Rights for Protection of
Human rights and illustrate them with current scenario. Remembering,
The students will be able to determine the African Understanding,
Charter on human and peoples rights and critically Apply,
evaluate & examine the Procedure of Refugee and Analyzing,
Asylum. Evaluating

CLO4 The students will be able to explain the Human rights in India & 1, 2, 3, 4, 5
tell Human right norms reflected in fundamental rights in the
Indian Constitutional and apply Judicial Activism & Protection Remembering,
of human rights in India. The students will be able to analyze Understanding,
the provisions of The Protection of Human Rights Act, 1993 . Apply, Analyzing,
Evaluate the role of National Human Rights Evaluating
Commission,National Commission for minorities, National
Commission for Women , OBC, SC and ST.

Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs

B.Com. LL.B. (Hons.)


Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Course Program Learning Outcomes Program Specific
(PLOs) Outcomes(PSOs)
Learning

PLO10

PLO11

PLO12
PLO1

PLO2

PLO3

PLO4

PLO5

PLO6

PLO7

PLO8

PLO9

PSO1

PSO2

PSO3

PSO4
Outcomes

H H M M H H H M M
CLO1

H H M M H H M M
CLO2

H H M M H H M M
CLO3

H H L H H M M
CLO4
M M

H: High M: Medium L: Low

B.Com. LL.B. (Hons.)


Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Interpretation of Statutes

BLA 8007
L T P C
4 1 0 4

Course Learning Objective: (48 Hours)

To Understand and apply the basic principles and guiding rules relating to interpretation and to
know its object

To Remember the meaning of different maxims used in interpretation and its application while
interpreting.

To let the student know, analyze and apply the internal and external aids of interpretation.

To Examine the effect of repeal and expiry of statutes and the interpretation of different
statutes.

UNIT - I (12Hours)

 Basic Principles; Guiding rules- Object of interpretation


 General Clause Act,1897- Principles of interpretation
 Strict and Liberal Construction
 Literal Rule
 The Mischief Rule or Heydon‘s rule of interpretation
 Golden rule(Doctrine of harmonious Construction)

UNIT - II (12 Hours)

 Beneficial Legislation
 Mandatory and Directory Statutes
 Noscitur a Socits
 Rule of Ejusdem Generis
 Presumptions
UNIT - III (12Hours)

Internal aids to construction


External aids to construction

UNIT - IV (12Hours)

Expiry and repeal of statutes


B.Com. LL.B. (Hons.)
Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Construction of taxing statutes
Remedial and penal statutes.
Other Principles of Interpretation

TEXT BOOKS:

T1 G P Singh - Principles of Statutory Interpretation, Lexis Nexis

T2 UpendraBaxi, Bentham's theory of Legislation, LexisNexis Butterworths

REFERENCE BOOKS:

R1 Maxwell on the interpretation of Statutes, XII Ed (Bombay: NM Tripathi,1976)

R2 V P Sarathi - Interpretation of Statute - General Clauses Act 1897, Eastern Book Company

R3Bindra, Interpretation of Statutes, Eastern Book Company

Course Learning Outcomes(CLO): On completion of this course, the students will be

able to:

CLO Description Bloom’s


Taxonomy Level

B.Com. LL.B. (Hons.)


Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
CLO1 By the end of this course, the students will be able to 1, 2, 3, 4, 5,
make use of the Basic Principles and Guiding rules
of Interpretation. And discuss the Object of 6
interpretation. Students will Demonstrate the
Remembering,
interpretation of the various rules of interpretation
and evaluate their role in case laws. Will be able to understanding
list and differentiate between the Mandatory and Apply, Analyzing,
Directory Statutes Evaluating,Creating
CLO2 The students will be able to tell and interpret the 1, 2, 3, 4, 5,6
rule of Presumptions and its applicability and will
discuss the Strict and Liberal Construction. Students Remembering,
will evaluate the Expiry and repeal of statutes with Understanding
the help of case laws and also be able to Examine Apply, Analyzing,
the applicability of the Remedial and penal statutes. Evaluating,
Creating
CLO3 The students will be able to define and illustrate the 1, 2, 3, 4, 5,6
various types of statutes. The students will be able to
identify the internal and external aids of Remembering,
Interpretation and Examine the other Principles of understanding
Interpretation. Students will also Evaluate the Apply, Analyzing,
construction of taxing statutes. And discuss the Evaluating,
strict interpretation of laws. Creating

CLO4 The students will remember and be able to apply the 1, 2, 3, 4, 5,6
General Clauses Act,1897. They will also be able to
explain the Principles of interpretation. And will Remembering,
determine the rules of interpretation in presentation of understanding
their cases in a better way. The students will be able to Apply, Analyzing,
analyze & discuss the Rule of Ejusdem and Noscitur a
Socits. Evaluating,
Creating

Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs

Course Program Learning Outcomes Program Specific


(PLOs) Outcomes(PSOs)
Learning
PLO10

PLO11

PLO12
PLO1

PLO2

PLO3

PLO4

PLO5

PLO6

PLO7

PLO8

PLO9

PSO1

PSO2

PSO3

PSO4

Outcomes

B.Com. LL.B. (Hons.)


Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
M H H M L L L M L H M
CLO1

M H H M L L L M L H M
CLO2

M H H M L L L M L H M
CLO3

M H H M L L L L M L H M
CLO4

H: High M: Medium L: Low

B.Com. LL.B. (Hons.)


Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Elective III
Military Laws
BLA 8101
L T P C
4 1 0 4

Course Learning Objectives: (48 Hours)

 To examine distinguished feature of army act and its related provisions.


 To explain the military offences and the process of arrest.
 To examine the process of investigation and trial.
 To state the administrative action and writ jurisdiction in military offences.

Unit I (12
Hours)
 Introduction, Distinguish feature of the Army Act, Self Contained Code,
 Subjection & Definition, Army Act, Rules & Regulation,
 Induction & Appointment, Commission, Appointments, Enrolment, Attestation
 Conditions of Service, Service Privileges

Unit II (12
Hours)
 Military Offences (Sec. 34 to 36, 46 to 52, 54 to 57, 63 to 64)
 Civil Offences (Sec. 69 & 70, Cr.P.C. Sec.475)
 Arrest (Sec. 101 to 105), Types of Arrest, Regulation of the Army Paras 378, 391-
397),
 Identification Parade.

Unit III (12


Hours)
 Investigation & Pre-trial procedure, Rights of an accused to prepare, Defence,
 Court Martial
 Summary Trial & Summary Court Martial (Army Act, Sec.80, 83-88 Army Rule 26,
Regulation for the Army Paras 441 to 444)
 Confirmation & Revision, Execution of Sentences, Pardon, Remission & Suspension

Unit IV (12
Hours)
 Administrative Action
 Law of War, Writ Jurisdiction

TEXT BOOKS:

B.Com. LL.B. (Hons.)


Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
T1. Army Act, handbook of Army Act, 1950 with Army rules, 1954, Law Publishers
(India) Pvt. Ltd
T2. Army& Air Force (Disposal of Private Property) Act, 1950, Law Publishers
(India) Pvt. Ltd
T3. Army and Air Force Rules1953, Law Publishers (India) Pvt. Ltd
T4. Herbert L Packer, the Limits of Criminal sanctions,Stanford University Press

REFERENCE BOOKS:

R1. Wing Commander (Retd.) Dr. U.C.Jha, Handbook of Military law, Reference
manual, Vij Books Pvt. Ltd, 2010.
R2. Kataria and Saxena , Law relating to Arms and explosive Orient Publishing Co.
R3. Wing Commander (Retd.) Dr. U.C.Jha, Armed Forces Tribunal, Manas Publica

B.Com. LL.B. (Hons.)


Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Course Learning Outcomes(CLO): On completion of this course, the students will be able
to:

CLO Description Bloom’s


Taxonomy Level

CLO1 By the end of this course, the students will be able 1,2,3,4,5,6
to list the definitions provided under the Army
Act, Rules & Regulations. Demonstrate the Remembering,
distinguishing feature of the Army Act. Will be Understanding,
able to differentiate and discuss the provisions Apply, Analyzing,
regarding Induction & Appointment, Commission, Evaluate, Create
Appointments, Enrolment, Attestation. The
students will be able to compare the
applicability of the provisions relating to
Conditions of Service, Service Privilege.
CLO2 By the end of this course, the students will be 1,2,4,5,6
able to list the different military offences and
examine them with the help of cases. Will be Remember,
able to differentiate and discuss the various Understanding,
civil offences. The students will be able to Analyzing,
compare the provisions relating to arrest, types Evaluate, Create
of arrest & identification parade..
CLO3 By the end of this course, the students will be 1,2,3,4,5,6
able to tell the provisions of Courts-Martial. The
students will be able to illustrate the provisions Remember,
relating to Summary Trial & Summary Court Understanding,
Martial. The students will be able to determine Apply, Analyzing,
Confirmation & Revision and examine Evaluating, Create
Execution of Sentences. The students will be
able to compare the applicability of the
provisions relating to Pardon, Remission &
Suspension.
CLO4 Students will be able to list out the essentials of 1,2,3,4,5,6
the provisions relating to administrative action.
The students will be able to explain and apply the Remember,
law relating to law of war. The students will be able Understanding,
to analyze and interpret the writ jurisdiction. The Applying,
students will be able to compare the provisions Analyzing,
relating to the administrative action. Create

Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs

B.Com. LL.B. (Hons.)


Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Course Program Program Specific
Learning Outcomes(PSOs)
Learning
Outcomes (PLOs)

PLO10

PLO11

PLO12
Outcomes
PLO1

PLO2

PLO3

PLO4

PLO5

PLO6

PLO7

PLO8

PLO9

PSO1

PSO2

PSO3

PSO4
H M M H H M H L
CLO1

H M M H H M H L
CLO2

H M M H H M H L
CLO3

H M M H H M H L
CLO4

H: High M: Medium L: Low

B.Com. LL.B. (Hons.)


Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
LAW RELATING TO WOMEN AND CHILD

BLA 8103
L T P C

4 1 0 4

Course Learning Objective: (48 Hours)


 To analyze the status of women in different ages nationally.
 To understand the different laws relating to offences against women and punishments
for the same.
 To know the laws protecting child rights.
 To examine he status of child and different wrongs against child.

UNIT - I (12 Hours)

 Women in India: Pre- independence period: social and legal inequality in ancient and
medieval India

 Social reforms movement in India

 Post-independence period: preamble of the Constitution; equality provisions in Fundamental


Rights and Directive Principles of State Policy

 Personal laws- unequal position of women

 International Conventions and National Commission for Women

UNIT – II (12 Hours)

 Women and Criminal Law: Insulting the modesty of woman; Dowry death,

 Rape, Adultery, Cruelty by husband or his relative for dowry, Dowry prohibition, Female
foeticide

 Women and Employment: Women in employment: causes, extent and importance, Equal
remuneration for men and women, Maternity benefit, Other provisions for welfare and
safety of women in industrial laws, Exploitation and harassment of women in work
places

 Protection and Enforcement Agencies: Courts, Family Courts, National and State
Commission for Women.

B.Com. LL.B. (Hons.)


Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
UNIT-III (12
Hours)

 Social, Constitutional and International Legal Status of Child

 Legal status of the child in the womb

 Sex selection: foeticide and infanticide

 Tortious liability against injuries to unborn child

 Coparcenary and property rights of the unborn child

UNIT – IV (12Hours)

 Statutory provisions regarding child marriage, guardianship, adoption and maintenance

 Regulation of the employment of children in various occupations

 Recommendations of the ILO and statutory protection

 Protection of girls from immoral traffic

 Prevention of vagrancy and beggary

TEXT BOOKS:

T1 A.S. Altekar: The Position of Women in Hindu Civilisation


T2 Agnes, Flavia: Law and Gender Inequality
T3 Balram: Women Workers, the Labour Legislation in India
T4 Towards Equality- Report of the Committee on the Status of Women (Govt. of India)
T5 Indian Law Institute: Child and the Law
T6 P.L. Mehta and S.S. Jaswal: Child Labour and the Law
T7 L.S. Shastri: Child Marriage Restraint Act, 1996
T8. Mamta Rao, Law relating to Women and Child, 4th ed., Eastern Book Company
REFERENCE BOOKS:
R1. Revasia&Revasia: Women, Social Justice and Human Rights
R2. S.K. Awasthi: Juvenile Justice Act, 1986
R3. Indian Law Institute: Treatise on the Juvenile Justice Act

B.Com. LL.B. (Hons.)


Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
ACTS:1) The Indian Penal Code, 1860.

2) The Constitution of India, 1950.

3) Juvenile Justice (Care & Protection of Children) Act, 2000 , Eastern Book Company

B.Com. LL.B. (Hons.)


Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): On completion of this course, the students will be able to:
CLO Description Bloom’s Taxonomy
Level

Program Learning Program Specific


Outcomes (PLOs) Outcomes(PSOs)

CLO1 By the end of this course the students will be able to


Course 1, 2, 3, 4, 5
interpret and analyze the status of women in Pre-
Learning independence period. Elaborate the Social reforms movement Remembering,
in India. Students will be able to evaluate the personal laws- Understanding,
Outcomes unequal position of women and understand the social and legal Apply, Analyzing,
inequality of women in ancient and medieval India Evaluating
CLO2 By the end of this course, the students will be able to 1, 2, 3, 4, 5
interpret the meaning of Rape, Adultery, Cruelty by husband
or his relative for dowry, Dowry prohibition, and female Remembering,
foeticide. Demonstrate the issues of Women in employment: Understanding,
causes, extent and importance, Equal remuneration for men and Apply, Analyzing,
women, Maternity benefit, Other provisions for welfare and Evaluating
safety of women in industrial laws, Exploitation and harassment
of women in work places. Evaluate the process of National
and State Commission for Women.
CLO3 The students will be able to interpret the Social, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5
Constitutional and International Legal Status of Child, able to
determine the legal status of the child in the womb, examine Remembering,
the Coparcenary and property rights of the unborn child and Understanding,
evaluate the Tortious liability against injuries to unborn child Apply, Analyzing,
Evaluating
CLO4 The students will be able to explain and apply the Statutory 1, 2, 3, 4, 5
provisions regarding child marriage, guardianship, adoption and
maintenance. The students will be able to analyze the Remembering,
Regulation of the employment of children in various
occupations. Evaluate the Prevention of vagrancy and beggary Understanding,
and examine Recommendations of the ILO and statutory Apply, Analyzing,
protection Evaluating

Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs

B.Com. LL.B. (Hons.)


Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
PLO10

PLO11

PLO12
PLO1

PLO2

PLO3

PLO4

PLO5

PLO6

PLO7

PLO8

PLO9

PSO1

PSO2

PSO3

PSO4
H H H H H M M
CLO1
M M

CLO2 H H H H M M
M M

H H M M H H M M
CLO3

H H L H H M M
CLO4
M M

H: High M: Medium L: Low

B.Com. LL.B. (Hons.)


Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Moot Court - III

BLA8501

L T P C
0 0 4 4

Course Learning Objectives

 Students will get to know how to plead a case and court manners.
 To familiarize students with the Court proceedings and skills of pleading and drafting.
 Students will be able to develop the skill of preparing case briefs.
 Students will understand how to prepare memorials
 Students will develop research skill.

Moot Court
Students shall participate in moot courts exercise. Each Moot court exercise shall carry marks,
which shall be divided for oral advocacy and written submission.

The student shall make written submission on behalf of the party for whom he makes oral
advocacy as assigned by the course teacher.

The written submissions for the moot courts shall be neatly written on one side of the bond size
papers and bound together with a certificate signed by the course teacher and the principal to the
effect that it is the bonafide work of the concerned student.

Observation of Trial

Each student shall attend trials.

The student shall maintain a record and enter the various steps observed during their attendance
on different days in the court

The record shall be neatly written on one side of the bond size paper and bound It will carry a
certificate by the course teacher and cross singed by Dean, faculty of law

TEXT BOOKS:

T1. J.P. Sirohi, Moot Court, Allahabad Law Agency


T2. Tiwari, Moot Court, Allahabad Law Agency

B.Com. LL.B. (Hons.)


Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): On completion of this course, the students will be able to:
CLOs Description Bloom‘s Taxonomy
Level
3
CLO1 Make use of Court room etiquettes while presenting cases
Applying
2, 3
CLO2 Identify and demonstrate effective communication skills, team
Understanding,
spirit, leadership quality, presentation skills, interpersonal skills
Applying
and professional etiquette.
4, 5
CLO3 Take part in case presentation and will be able to present and
Analysing,
defend cases comfortably and confidently influence the public
Evaluating
with professional competence.
6
CLO4 Improve overall communication and presentation skills and
Creating
adapt themselves to the court room environment.

Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs


Course Program Learning Program Specific
Outcomes (PLOs)
Learnin Outcomes (PSOs)
g
PLO10

PLO11

PLO12
PLO1
PLO2

PLO3

PLO4

PLO5

PLO6

PLO7

PLO8

PLO9

PSO1

PSO2

PSO3

PSO4
Outcome
s

CLO1 H H H H H H H H L H M M H

CLO2 H H H H H H H H L H M M H

CLO3 H H H H H H H H L H M M H

CLO4 H H H H H H H H L H M M H

H: High M: Medium L: Low

B.Com. LL.B. (Hons.)


Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Court-Internship- corporate Legal training
Credit Units: 02

Course Learning Objectives:


• The students should familiarize themselves with the various stages of trial in civil and
criminal cases.
• To get the practical exposure and acquaint with the drafting and pleading skills.
• The students should know how to face the real life professional situations
• To get an insight of the real court experience.
• They should be exposed to real court experience. Further they should imbibe the skills of
client interviewing.
• Students will be deputed to go to different Legal Firms/ courts/ Tribunals. They may also
get attached to some senior lawyers and prepare a case diary.
• The students will have to submit the report to the Office of Faculty of Law.
• An interview will be conducted based on their training and marks will be awarded
accordingly.

The Internship during the summer break is a compulsory course. Each student enrolled in 5
years LL.B integrated course shall undergo an internship for minimum 20 weeks during the
entire course under NGO, court, commissions, legal regulatory authorities, legislatures and
parliament, other legal functionaries, law firms, companies, local self government and other
such bodies as the university may stipulate.
The report by the student and the diary will be submitted for evaluation.
There is an Internship Data from where students fill in the details of where they are interning
with complete address and phone numbers. Customized Legal Reference /Diary are provided
to the students on payment. They will maintain a day to day record of the work that they do
at the place they are interning. They submit their completed diary, certificate from the
employer and also a report of their experience at work. After submission there is a Viva by
concerned faculty. They assess the student on the kind of work they have done during
internship, presentation of the work they have done and also on the practical knowledge they
have gained.
The Paper is marked out of 100 marks. The breakup of the marks is as follows:
1. Diary submission 25 Marks
2. Concise report of the work conducted / proceedings attended 25 Marks
3. Viva Voice 50 Marks
Total 100Maks

B.Com. LL.B. (Hons.)


Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): On completion of this course, the students will be able to:
CLOs Description Bloom‘s Taxonomy
Level
3
CLO1 Make use of Court room etiquettes while presenting cases
Applying
2, 3
CLO2 Identify and demonstrate effective communication skills, team
Understanding,
spirit, leadership quality, presentation skills, interpersonal skills
Applying
and professional etiquette.
4, 5
CLO3 Take part in case presentation and will be able to present and
Analysing,
defend cases comfortably and confidently influence the public
Evaluating
with professional competence.
6
CLO4 Improve overall communication and presentation skills and
Creating
adapt themselves to the court room environment.

Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs


Course Program Learning Program Specific
Outcomes (PLOs)
Learnin Outcomes (PSOs)
g
PLO10

PLO11

PLO12
PLO1
PLO2

PLO3

PLO4

PLO5

PLO6

PLO7

PLO8

PLO9

PSO1

PSO2

PSO3

PSO4
Outcome
s

CLO1 H H H H H H H H L H M M H

CLO2 H H H H H H H H L H M M H

CLO3 H H H H H H H H L H M M H

CLO4 H H H H H H H H L H M M H

H: High M: Medium L: Low

B.Com. LL.B. (Hons.)


Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
B.A. LL.B. (H)
V Year IX semester
Drafting, Pleading and Conveyancing

BLA9005
L T P
C
4 1 0 4

Course Learning Objective: (48 Hours)


 To state the general principles of drafting in a civil suit.
 To develop the understanding of the rules of drafting in a civil suit.

 To analyze the essentials for drafting of various conveyancing documents

 To examine the general principles of drafting of writ petition.


UNIT - I (12 Hours)
General principles of drafting/pleading.
Civil Pleadings- plaint, written statement, interlocutory application, original petition, affidavit

UNIT - II (12 Hours)


Criminal Pleadings-: complaint, criminal miscellaneous petition.
Drafting of application:maintenance, amendment in pleading, substitution of parties,Bail

UNIT - III (12 Hours)


Deed its meaning & essentials.
Conveyance: sale deed, mortgage deed, lease deed, gift deed, promissory note, power of
attorney, will, trust deed.

UNIT - IV (12 Hours)


Memorandum of appeal and revision.
Drafting of writ petition
Public Interest Litigation petition

TEXT BOOKS

T1 Dr. G.P. Tripathi, Law of Pleading, Allahabad Law Agency


T2 Dr. A.N.Chaturvedi, Pleading, Conveyancing& Legal Ethics, Allahabad Law Agency

REFRENCE BOOKS
R1Majumdar, Law of Pleading, Conveyancing& Drafting, Allahabad Law Agency

B.Com. LL.B. (Hons.)


Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Course Learning Outcomes(CLO): On completion of this course, the students will be able
to:

CLO Description Bloom’s


Taxonomy Level

CLO1 By the end of this course, the students will be able 1,2,3,4,5,6
to list the definition of pleading. Draft the plaint
and written statement. Will be able to Remembering,
differentiate between plaint and written Understanding,
statement and examine the importance of Apply, Analyzing,
affidavit. The students will be able to compare Evaluate, Create
the applicability of rules of drafting while
making an original petition.
CLO2 By the end of this course, the students will be 1,2,4,5,6
able to tell the definition of complaint.
Compare and examine the rules of drating Remember,
different application like maintenance and bail. Understanding,
Will be able to analyze and draft the criminal Analyzing,
miscellaneous petition. Evaluate, Create

CLO3 By the end of this course, the students will be 1,2,3,4,5,6


able to tell the definition of deed and its
essentials. The students will be able to draft Remember,
different deeds of conveyancing. The students Understanding,
will be able to determine the difference Apply, Analyzing,
between sale deed, mortgage, lease and Evaluating, Create
promissory deed and examine the importance of
power of attorney. The students will be able to
compare the applicability of the rules of
drafting conveyance deeds.
CLO4 Students will be able to list out the difference 1,2,3,4,5,6
between memorandum of appeal and revision.
The students will be able to explain different types of Remember,
writ and apply the rules of drafting writ petition l. Understanding,
The students will be able to analyze and interpret Applying,
the relevancy of Public Interest Litigation. The Analyzing,
students will be able to compare the rules of Create
drafting writ petition and Public Interest
Litigation

Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs

B.Com. LL.B. (Hons.)


Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Program Program Specific
Learning Outcomes(PSOs)
Outcomes (PLOs)
Course

Learning

PLO10

PLO11

PLO12
PLO1

PLO2

PLO3

PLO4

PLO5

PLO6

PLO7

PLO8

PLO9

PSO1

PSO2

PSO3

PSO4
Outcomes

H M M H H M H L
CLO1

H M M H H M H L
CLO2

H M M H H M H L
CLO3

H M M H H M H L
CLO4

H: High M: Medium L: Low

B.Com. LL.B. (Hons.)


Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
International Trade Law
BLA9006

L T P
C
4 1 0
4

Course Learning Objective: (48 hours)

 To understand and recall the basic concepts and sources of International Law.
 To understand and analyze the international trade law
 To let the students understand, analyze and apply the rules relating to WTO and
GATT and agreement on agriculture and Agreement on anti dumping.
 To let the students remember, understand and examine the importance of various
theories of nation treatment , MFN, SAPTA and SAFTA

.Unit-I: (12 Hours)

a. International Trade Law: definition, Scope, codification and development


b. National Treatment, Most Favoured nation treatment principle.
c. The principle of non discrimination and equality of state
d. Concept of Sovereignty and protection of National interest

Unit-II (12
Hours)
a. Historical Background of GATT 1947
b. Uruguay Round and Marrakesh Agreement
c. GATT 1994
d. Dispute Settlement Understanding

Unit-III (12
Hours)
a. Agreement on Agriculture
b. Agreement on Subsidies and Countervailing Measures
c. Agreement on Anti-Dumping
d. General Agreement on Trade in Services

Unit-IV (12
Hours)
a. Trade and SAPTA and SAFTA
b. Trade and Environment
c. Doha Development Agenda

Text Books:
B.Com. LL.B. (Hons.)
Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
T1.Raj Bhalla, International Trade Law: Theory and Practice, Lexis Nexis, 2001 ( 2nd Edn) 101
T2.A.K.Kaul, Guide to the WTO and GATT: Economics, Law and Politics, Kluwer Law
International, 2006
T3. Craig VanGrasstek, The History and the Future of the WTO, WTO Publications, 2013

References:

R1.WTO, Doha Development Agenda, WTO, 2013.


R2.Peter Van den Bossche, The Law and Policy of the WTO, Cambridge Publications, 2013
R3.Gabriel Moens and Peter Gillies, International Trade and Business: Law, Policy and Ethics,
Routledge, 2006
R4. Daniel , Oxford Handbook on International Trade Law, Oxford University Press, 2009

Course Learning Outcomes(CLO): On completion of this course, the students will be able
to:
CLO Description Bloom’s
Taxonomy Level

CLO1 By the end of this course, the students will be able to tell the 1, 2, 3,4,5,6
definition, nature, subjects and scope of international trade
law interpret the enforcement and effectiveness of Remembering,
international law and examine and explain basis of Understanding
International trade Law, Classify and discuss the different Apply, Analyzing,
theories of international trade law. Evaluating Create
CLO2 The students will be able to interpret and apply the concept 1,2, 3, 4,6
of MFN and Nation Treatment Principle. Students will be
able to tell the history of establishment WTO and GATT. Remembering,
Students will be able to examine and discuss the difference Understanding,
between WTO and GATT. Applying,
Analyzing, Create

CLO3 The students will be able to interpret and apply the law 1,2, 3, 4,5,6
relating to agreement on agriculture. The students will be able
to analyze and explain the law relating agreement on anti Remembering,
dumping. The students will be able to tell the legal Understanding,
consequences of general agreement on trade in services and Applying,
discuss Agreement on Subsidies and Countervailing Measures Analyzing,
Examine, Create
CLO4 The students will be able to explain the importance of the relation 1,2, 4,5, 6
between environment and trade. the students will be able to analyze
and explain the law relating to Doha Development Agenda and Remembering,
discuss and tell about SAPTA and SAFTA Understanding,
Analyzing,
Examine, Create

B.Com. LL.B. (Hons.)


Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs

Program Program Specific


Learning Outcomes(PSOs)
Outcomes (PLOs)
Course

Learning

PLO10

PLO11

PLO12
PLO1

PLO2

PLO3

PLO4

PLO5

PLO6

PLO7

PLO8

PLO9

PSO1

PSO2

PSO3

PSO4
Outcomes

M M H H M M L
CLO1

M M H H M M L
CLO2

M M H H M M L
CLO3

M M H H M M L
CLO4

H: High M: Medium L: Low

B.Com. LL.B. (Hons.)


Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
fLaw of Economic Legislation
BLA9007

L T P
C
4 1 0
4

Course Learning Objective: (48 Hours)

To state the industrial development and its related law.


To understand law relating to essential commodities.
To examine the law relating to competition.
To explain various legal aspects of money laundering.

UNIT - I (12 Hours)

Introduction to The industries (Development and Regulation) Act, 1951


Definitions
Registration and Licencing of Industries
Carry on business (CoB) license.
Constitution of Advisory Committee
Cognizance of offence

UNIT - II (12 Hours)

Overview of Essential Commodities Act, 1955


Seizure and confiscation of essential commodities
Powers of Central Government
Summary Trial

UNIT - III (12 Hours)

Concept of Monopoly and Restrictive Trade Practices


Competition Act, 2002- Introduction, definitions
Anti-competitive agreements
Prohibition of Abuse of Dominant Position
Combination
Competition Commission of India

UNIT - IV (12 Hours)

 Introduction to Money Laundering, its impact on development


Prevention of Money Laundering- Global and Indian Perspective
The Prevention of Money- Laundering Act, 2002- definitions
Obligation of Banking Companies, Financial institutions and Intermediaries
B.Com. LL.B. (Hons.)
Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Appellate Tribunal- Appeal to High Court- Special Courts

ACTS:

 The Industries (Development and Regulation) Act, 1951.


 The Competition Act, 2002.
 The Prevention of Money- Laundering Act, 2002.
 The Essential Commodities Act, 1955.

TEXT BOOK:

T1 S.N. Mishra, Labour & Industrial Law, Central Law Publications.

T2 Dr. S.C. Tripathi, Competition Act, 2002, Central Law Agency.

T3 S.K. Sarvaria, Commentary on the Prevention of Money Laundering Act, Universal


Publications.

T4 Goher Sajjad Khan, Money Laundering Law, Eastern Book Company.

T5 Dr. Harpreet Kaur, Business and corporate Laws, Global Alliance Publications.

REFERENCE BOOK:

R1 Ronald R, Economic Laws, Taxman Publication.

B.Com. LL.B. (Hons.)


Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Course Learning Outcomes(CLO): On completion of this course, the students will be able
to:

CLO Description Bloom’s


Taxonomy Level

CLO1 By the end of this course, the students will be 1,2,3,4,5,6


able to list the definitions under the The
Industries (Development and Regulation) Act, Remembering,
1951 . Demonstrate the the application of the Understanding,
provisions relating to Registration and Licencing Apply, Analyzing,
of Industries. Will be able to discuss constitution Evaluate, Create
of Advisory Committee. The students will be
able to compare the applicability of The
Industries (Development and Regulation) Act,
1951.
CLO2 By the end of this course, the students will be 1,2,4,5,6
able to tell and compare features of Essential
Commodities Act, 1955. Examine the general Remember,
provisions of Seizure and confiscation of Understanding,
essential commodities. Will be able to discuss Analyzing,
the powers of Central Government. Evaluate, Create

CLO3 By the end of this course, the students will be 1,2,3,4,5,6


able to tell concept of Monopoly and Restrictive
Trade Practices. The students will be able to Remember,
illustrate Anti-competitive agreements and Understanding,
Prohibition of Abuse of Dominant Position. The Apply, Analyzing,
students will be able to determine the features Evaluating, Create
of Competition Act, 2002 and examine the
functioning of Competition Commission of India

CLO4 Students will be able to list out Money 1,2,3,4,5,6


Laundering -its impact on development. The
students will be able to explain and application of Remember,
money laundering in Indian perspective. The students Understanding,
will be able to analyze the Prevention of Money- Applying,
Laundering Act, 2002. The students will be able to Analyzing,
compare obligation of Banking Companies Create

Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs

B.Com. LL.B. (Hons.)


Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
H: High M: Medium L: Low
Program Program Specific
Learning Outcomes(PSOs)
Outcomes (PLOs)
Course

Learning

PLO10

PLO11

PLO12
PLO1

PLO2

PLO3

PLO4

PLO5

PLO6

PLO7

PLO8

PLO9

PSO1

PSO2

PSO3

PSO4
Outcomes

H M M H H M H L
CLO1

H M M H H M H L
CLO2

H M M H H M H L
CLO3

H M M H H M H L
CLO4

B.Com. LL.B. (Hons.)


Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Corporate Laws

BLA9008

L T P C
4 1 0 4

Course Learning Objective: (48 Hours)

To list different kinds of negotiable instruments and its legal aspect.


To examine the law relating to cheques.
To explain with the law relating to partnership.
To undertand working of the SEBI.

Unit -I: (12 Hours)

Definition & characteristic of Negotiable Instruments, Types Of NI,

Definition & Essentials of Promissory Note, Bill of Exchange and Cheques,

Liabilities and Capacities of Parties of NI

Holder & Holder in due Course

Transfer and Negotiation of NI

Dishonor of Cheque

Assest Reconstruction

UNIT - II (12 Hours)

Corporate personality – Concept

Nature and Features of a Corporate Body

Memorandum of Association

Articles of Associations

Doctrine of Ultra Vires

Doctrine of Indoor Management

Doctrine of Constructive Notice

B.Com. LL.B. (Hons.)


Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Lifting of corporate veil

UNIT - III (12


Hours)

Majority rule and Minority rights

Protection against Oppression


Protection against Mismanagement
Directors - Concept and Definition
Kinds of Directors
Powers and Duties of Directors
Obtaining DIN
Directors - Appointment, Reappointment, Resignation, Removal and Varying Terms of
Appointment/Re-appointment

UNIT - IV (12
Hours)

SEBI - Establishment and Jurisdiction


Powers and Functions
SEBI Appellate Tribunal
Power of Central Government under the Act.
Guide lines for investor protection

Foreign Exchange Management in India.

TEXT BOOKS

T1 G K Kapoor & Sanjay Dhamija, Company Law and Practice, 2017, Taxmann Publication.
T2 Avtar Singh, Indian Company Law, 2017, Eastern Book Company.
T3 Advanced Company Law and Practice Module 1, ICSI.
T4 Majumdar, A.K, Company Law and Practice,, Taxmann, New Delhi

REFRENCE BOOKS:

R1 Gower and Davies: The Principles of Modern Company Law, 10th edition, Sweet &
Maxwell.
R2 K. Sekhar: Guide to SEBI Capital Issues, Debentures & Listing, 2016 Ed., Wadhwa
Publications.
R3 Ramaiyya: Guide to the Companies Act (Providing Guidance on the Companies Act,
2013): Lexis Nexis.
B.Com. LL.B. (Hons.)
Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
ACTS

 The Companies Act, 2013 along with the Companies Act, 1956.

 Securities Contract Regulation Act, 1956.

 The Securities and Exchange Board of India 1992, Eastern Book Company.

 Negotiable Instrument Act, 1881

B.Com. LL.B. (Hons.)


Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Course Learning Outcomes(CLO):On completion of this course, the students will be able
to:
CLO Description Bloom’s
Taxonomy Level

CLO1 By the end of this course, the students will be able to remember 1,2,3,4,5
and interpret the basics of Company law.The students will be
able to identify and explain diversified dimensions and concept
Remembering,
of companies along with their historical development through
different timeline. The students will be able to define and
Understanding,
interpret incorporation of company. The students will be able Analyzing,
to analyze the different concept of company law and evaluate Evaluating
the rights and duties of promoter and their role in company. The
student will able to identify actual application of corporate
principles in board meeting
CLO2 The students will be able to define and interpret Director of 1,2,3,4,5
company. The students will be able to analyze the different
concept of directors in company and evaluate the rights and
Remembering,
duties of directors and their role in company. The student will
able to identify actual application of corporate principles in Understanding,
board meeting. Applying,
Analyzing,
Evaluating
The students will be able to define and classify rule of majority 1, 2, 3, 4,5
CLO3
and minority protection and minority rights. The students will be
able to interpret and examine the effect of oppression and Remembering,
mismanagement. The students will be able to determine effect Understanding,
of prospectus in the function of company. The students will be Applying,
able to identify and determine the liability of representative Analyzing,
action and derivative action of shareholder. The student will Evaluating
evaluate the role of Central Government and other investigating
agencies.
CLO4 The students will be able to Define alternation of share capital, explain 1, 2,3,4,5
and apply the effects of any kind of alternation in share capital. The
students will be able to distinguish between alteration and reduction of Remembering,
share capital along with the effect of buyback of share capital. The Understanding,
students will be able to evaluate effect of debt instruments issued buy Applying,
and for the company. The students will be able to remember and Analyzing,
interpret the establishment of SEBI. The student will evaluate Evaluating
the role of SEBI and their power and functions. The student will
evaluate and analyze the role of SEBI Appellate Tribunal. The
student will evaluate the role of Central Government and other
investigating agencies such as Foreign Exchange Management in
India. The student will evaluate and analyze the legal legislation
made for the investor protection.

B.Com. LL.B. (Hons.)


Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs

Program Program Specific


Learning Outcomes(PSOs)
Outcomes (PLOs)
Course

Learning

PLO10

PLO11

PLO12
PLO1

PLO2

PLO3

PLO4

PLO5

PLO6

PLO7

PLO8

PLO9

PSO1

PSO2

PSO3

PSO4
Outcomes

H M M H H M H L
CLO1

H M M H H M H L
CLO2

H M M H H M H L
CLO3

H M M H H M H L
CLO4

H: High M: Medium L: Low

B.Com. LL.B. (Hons.)


Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Elective IV
Cyber Laws
BLA9101
L T P C
4 1 0 4

Course Learning Objective:


(48 Hours)
To understand and apply the general principles and fundamentals of cyberworld.
To analyze students to get the concept of IPR & its issues in cyber space.
To know, analyze and apply the law relating toe-commerce.
To understand and examine about information Technology Act.

UNIT – I (12 Hours)

Introduction -Need and role of Law in cyber world, Fundamentals of Cyber Laws,
Authority and scope of governments to regulate Internet Laws
Free speech and expression through Internet Laws
Impact of Telecommunication and broadcasting law on internet regulation—TRAI Act,1997
Jurisdiction in Cyber Space—Indian Concept
International Cases of Internet Jurisdiction in Cyber Space

UNIT – II (12 Hours)

Concept of Intellectual Property Rights in Cyberspace


Computer software and related IPR issues Copyright law & Cyberspace
Trademark law & Cyberspace
Patent Law and Cyber Space

UNIT - III (12 Hours)


Defining Crime-Crime in context of Internet –Actus Rea/Mens Rea
Types of crime in Internet-Computing damage in Internet crime
Indian Penal Law & Cyber Crimes- Fraud, Hacking, Mischief, Tresspass, Defamation,New
types of Cyber Crimes----1.Theft of telecommunications services, 2. Communications in
furtherance of criminal conspiracies, 3.Telecommunications piracy, 4.Dissemination of
offensive materials, 5. Electronic money laundering and tax evasion, 6. Electronic vandalism,
terrorism and extortion, 7. Sales and investment fraud, 8. Illegal interception of
telecommunications, 9. Electronic funds transfer fraud

UNIT – IV (12 Hours)

Information Technology Act, 2000- Historical background, Objectives, Legal recognition of


electronic records and procedure, Legal recognition of digital Signatures
Cyber Appellate Tribunal, Offences and penalties under Act, Cyber Crimes.
Penalties & Offences under the IT Act.

TEXT BOOKS:
B.Com. LL.B. (Hons.)
Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
T1. Nandan Kamath; E –commerce: Law relating to computers Internet, Universal Law
Publishing Company
T2. K.K. Kumar, Cyber Law, Dominant Publication.
T3. B.L. Wadhera : Patent, trademarks, copyrights, Universal Law Publishing Company Pvt Ltd
T4 Ganguli - Intellectual property rights-Unleashing the knowledge economy, Tate
McGraw-Hill Publishers.

REFRENCE BOOKS:

R1 Karnika Seth, ―Computer internet and New Technology Law‖, 2013 Lexis Nexis

R2 VivekSood, ―Cyber Crimes, Electronics Evidence and Investigation Technology


Amendment Act 2008‖ Jain Book Depot, 2013

R3 Dr. Jyoti Rattan, ― Cyber Law and Information Technology, Jain Book Depot,2013

Acts
Information Technology Act, 2000, Eastern Book Company

Trade Marks Act,1999

Copyrights Act,1957

Patent Act,1970

B.Com. LL.B. (Hons.)


Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Course Learning Outcomes(CLO):On completion of this course, the students will be able
to:

CLO Description Bloom’s


Taxonomy
Level

CLO1 By the end of this course, the students will be able to tell the 1, 2, 3, 4,
Need and role of Law in cyber world, Fundamentals of Cyber
5
laws and also to the Authority and scope of governments to
regulate Internet laws Demonstrate the understanding of Free Remembering,
speech and expression through Internet Law & Impact of Understanding,
Telecommunication and broadcasting law on internet Apply,
regulation—TRAI Act, 1997. Evaluate Jurisdiction in Cyber Analyzing,
Space—Indian concept. Will be able to differentiate between Evaluating
the International Cases of Internet Jurisdiction in Cyberspace and
National cases in India. Will be able to review cyber laws.
CLO2 The students will be able to interpret and define General 1, 2, 3, 4, 5
Provisions, Definitions, concept of Intellectual Property Rights in
Cyberspace and will be able to elaborate it with the help of case Remembering,
laws provided under various Acts. Students will be able to Understanding,
exhibit the Computer software and related IPR issues Copyright Apply,
Analyzing,
law &Cyberspace. Evaluate the application of Trademark law &
Evaluating
Patent Law in cyberspace.
CLO3 The students will be able to illustrate and tell Crime in context 1, 2, 3, 4, 5
of Internet –actus Rea/mensrea. The students will be able to
determine the meaning of crime, justify the types of crime in Remembering,
Internet, computing damage in Internet crime; and critically Understanding,
examine the Indian Penal Law & Cyber Crimes- Fraud, Hacking, Apply,
Analyzing,
Mischief, Tresspass, Defamation, New types of Cyber Crimes.
Evaluating
CLO4 The students will be able to explain and apply Meaning of cyber 1, 2, 3, 4, 5
law under IT Act and its Historical background, Objectives,
Legal recognition of electronic records and procedure, Legal Remembering,
recognition of digital Signatures. The students will be able to Understanding,
analyze the procedure of Cyber Appellate Tribunal, How Apply,
Offences and penalties are covered under Act. Evaluate the
Analyzing,
Essential characteristics Penalties & Offences under the IT Act.
Evaluating

B.Com. LL.B. (Hons.)


Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs

Program Program Specific


Learning Outcomes(PSOs)
Outcomes (PLOs)
Course

Learning

PLO10

PLO11

PLO12
PLO1

PLO2

PLO3

PLO4

PLO5

PLO6

PLO7

PLO8

PLO9

PSO1

PSO2

PSO3

PSO4
Outcomes

H M M H H M H L
CLO1

H M M H H M H L
CLO2

H M M H H M H L
CLO3

H M M H H M H L
CLO4

H: High M: Medium L: Low

B.Com. LL.B. (Hons.)


Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
White Collar Crimes
BLA9102
L T P C
4 1 0 4

Course Learning Objectives:

 To understand the history of nature and emergence of white collar crime


 To state the students with the differentiate between white collar crime and other crimes
and its implications
 To recognize let the students with the differentiate between white collar crime and other
crimes and its implications
• To examine the procedure of trial of students know the details of the Corruption Act.

Unit-I (12 Hours)

 Emergence of White-Collar Crime

 Concept and Nature of White-Collar Crimes

 Suther lands, view on white-collar crimes and it's analysis.

Unit-II (12
Hours)

Distinguish between White-Collar Crimes and Blue-Collar Crimes

Implications of White-Collar Crimes

Courts and White Collar Crime in India.

Unit-III (12 Hours)

 Hoarding, Black Marketing and Adulteration;

 White Collar Crimes in certain Professions - Medical Profession, Legal profession,


Educational Institutions, Engineering.

 White Collar Crimes in business deals.

 Fake Employment Placement Rockets

 Remedial Measures.

Unit-IV (12
Hours)
B.Com. LL.B. (Hons.)
Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
 Objects and Reasons of the Act,

 Definitions - Public duty, Public Servant

 Power to appoint special judges, cases triable by special judges, Procedure and Powers of
special judges.

 Offences and Penalties - Public Servant taking gratification other than legal remuneration
in respect of an official Act, Criminal misconduct by a Public Servant.

TEXT BOOKS:

T1.Mahesh Chandra; Socio- Economic Crimes; N.M. Tripathi Bombay , 1979


T2.Marshal B. Clinard; Crime in Developing Countries; A Wiley-Interscience publication; 1973
T3.N.V. Pranjape; Criminology and Penology; Central Law Publications; 2001

REFRENCE BOOKS:

R1. 47th Report of Law Commission of India; Trial and Punishment of Socio-Economic
Offences.
Acts
 Prevention of Corruption Act, 1988

B.Com. LL.B. (Hons.)


Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Course Learning Outcomes(CLO): On completion of this course, the students will be able
to:

CLO Descriptio Bloom’s


n Taxonomy Level

CLO1 By the end of this course, the students will be 1, 2, 4


able to tell the essentials of white collar crime
and its development. interpret the importance of Remembering,
traditional Understanding,
Analyzing

CLO2 The students will be able to review the 2, 4, 5


disadvantages of white collar crime.. They
will be able to test scope and parimeter Understanding,
ofwhiecollar crime.. Student will evaluate the Analyzing,
effect of such crime. Evaluating

CLO3 The students will be able to summarise the 2, 3, 4


black marketing ,different modes of
commission of white collar crime . The Understanding,
students will be able to use the different Applying,
countries‘s preventive measures . Analyzing

CLO4 The students will be able to tell the forum and the 1,2,3
cases under which remedy corruption in public.
Enable them to identify the proper forum . The Rememberin
students will be able to calculate the g,
remedialmeasures. Understandin
g, Applying

B.Com. LL.B. (Hons.)


Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs

Program Program Specific


Learning Outcomes(PSOs
Outcomes (PLOs) )
Course

Learning

PLO10

PLO11

PLO12
PLO1

PLO2

PLO3

PLO4

PLO5

PLO6

PLO7

PLO8

PLO9

PSO1

PSO2

PSO3

PSO4
Outcomes

CLO1 H H L H M M M
H H L M

CLO2 L H L H M M M
M

CLO3 H H M L L H M M M

CLO4 H H L H M M M
M

H: High M: Medium L: Low

B.Com. LL.B. (Hons.)


Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Moot Court - IV
BLA9501

L T P C
0 0 2 4

Course Learning Objectives

 Students will get to know how to plead a case and court manners.
 To familiarize students with the Court proceedings and skills of pleading and drafting.
 Students will be able to develop the skill of preparing case briefs.
 Students will understand how to prepare memorials
 Students will develop research skill.

Moot Court
Students shall participate in moot courts exercise. Each Moot court exercise shall carry marks,
which shall be divided for oral advocacy and written submission.

The student shall make written submission on behalf of the party for whom he makes oral
advocacy as assigned by the course teacher.

The written submissions for the moot courts shall be neatly written on one side of the bond size
papers and bound together with a certificate signed by the course teacher and the principal to the
effect that it is the bonafide work of the concerned student.

Observation of Trial

Each student shall attend trials.

The student shall maintain a record and enter the various steps observed during their attendance
on different days in the court

The record shall be neatly written on one side of the bond size paper and bound It will carry a
certificate by the course teacher and cross singed by Dean, faculty of law

TEXT BOOKS:

T1. J.P. Sirohi, Moot Court, Allahabad Law Agency


T2. Tiwari, Moot Court, Allahabad Law Agency

B.Com. LL.B. (Hons.)


Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): On completion of this course, the students will be able to:
CLOs Description Bloom‘s Taxonomy
Level
3
CLO1 Make use of Court room etiquettes while presenting cases
Applying
2, 3
CLO2 Identify and demonstrate effective communication skills, team
Understanding,
spirit, leadership quality, presentation skills, interpersonal skills
Applying
and professional etiquette.
4, 5
CLO3 Take part in case presentation and will be able to present and
Analysing,
defend cases comfortably and confidently influence the public
Evaluating
with professional competence.
6
CLO4 Improve overall communication and presentation skills and
Creating
adapt themselves to the court room environment.

Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs


Course Program Learning Program Specific
Outcomes (PLOs)
Learnin Outcomes (PSOs)
g
PLO10

PLO11

PLO12
PLO1
PLO2

PLO3

PLO4

PLO5

PLO6

PLO7

PLO8

PLO9

PSO1

PSO2

PSO3

PSO4
Outcome
s

CLO1 H H H H H H H H L H M M H

CLO2 H H H H H H H H L H M M H

CLO3 H H H H H H H H L H M M H

CLO4 H H H H H H H H L H M M H

H: High M: Medium L: Low

B.Com. LL.B. (Hons.)


Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
B.A. LL.B (H)

V Year X semester
PUBLIC INTERNATIONAL LAW
BLA 0001
L T P C
4 1 0 4
Course Learning Objective:

To understand and recall the basic concepts and sources of International Law.
To understand and analyze the international law relating to state recognition, state
jurisdiction, state succession, intervention and law of sea.
To let the students understand, analyze and apply the law relating to extradition,
asylum and treaty.
To let the students remember, understand and examine the importance of various
international institutions.
UNIT - I (12 Hours)

Definition, nature and basis of International Law,Enforcement and effectiveness of


International Law
Subjects of International Law
Sources of International Law -Customs,Treaties,General principles of law,Judicial
decisions,Writings of publicists

UNIT - II (12 Hours)

State Recognition: Recognition of states, Recognition of governments, De facto and De


jure Recognition, Types of Recognition: The legal effects of recognition;
State Jurisdiction-Territorial Jurisdiction and its limitations.
Law of the Sea: First and Second Law of the Sea Conventions: Third Law of the Sea
Convention- Concept of Maritime Zones (maritime belt, continental shelf and high sea)
States Succession and Responsibility
Intervention: Definition and its Prohibition

UNIT – III (12 Hours)

Asylum : Territorial and extra territorial asylum


Extradition: Definition, Purpose of Extradition, Legal Duty, Extradition of Political
Offenders, Doctrine of Double Criminality, rule of specialty
Nationality : Acquisition of nationality, double nationality and statelessness
Law of Treaties : Concept of treaty, making of treaty, reservations to treaty, ratification
of treaty, the application of treaty, treaty interpretation, termination and suspension of the
operation of treaty
B.Com. LL.B. (Hons.)
Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
UNIT - IV (12 Hours)

League of Nations: Principal Organs, Its weaknesses, Mandate System.


United Nations: Establishment, Preamble, Purpose & Principles of UN, Membership,
suspension, expulsion and withdrawal. Principal Organs of the UN, Amendment to the
Charter.
Conflict resolution: Settlement of International disputes
Terrorism and International Law

TEXT BOOKS:

T1. S.K.Kapoor, Public International Law, Central Law Agency


T2. M.P.Tandon, Public International Law, Allahabad Law Agency
T3. K.C.Joshi, International Law, Eastern Book Company

REFERENCE BOOKS:
R1. Starke, An Introduction to International Law, Butterworth-Heinemann
R2. Rebecca Wallace, International Law, - Sweet and Maxwell
R3. Brownlie, Principles of International Law, Oxford Publication
R4. Malcolm Nathan Shaw,International Law,Cambridge University Press, 2003
R5. Harries, D.J, Cases and Materials on International Law.
R6. Green T.H.,International Law through Cases.
R7. Martin Dixon- International Law, Oxford University Press, London
R8. John O‘ Brian – International Law ,Cavendish Publishing Ltd., London

Course Learning Outcomes(CLO): On completion of this course, the students will be able
to:

CLO Description Bloom’s


Taxonomy Level

B.Com. LL.B. (Hons.)


Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
CLO1 By the end of this course, the students will be able to tell the 1, 2, 3
definition, nature, subjects and scope of international law;
interpret the enforcement and effectiveness of Remembering,
international law and basis of International Law; Understanding
classify the sources of international law. Apply

CLO2 The students will be able to interpret the concept of state 1,2, 3, 4
recognition and state succession; tell and apply the law of the
sea; Students will be able to examine the principles of state Remembering,
jurisdiction and intervention and its consequences. Understanding,
Applying,
Analyzing,

CLO3 The students will be able to interpret and apply the law 1,2, 3, 4
relating to extradition, nationality and treaties. The students
will be able to analyze and apply the law relating to asylum. Remembering,
The students will be able to tell the legal consequences of Understanding,
extradition and asylum. Applying,
Analyzing
CLO4 The students will be able to explain and tell the importance of the 1,2, 3, 4
various international institutions; the students will be able to analyze
and apply the law relating to settlement of international disputes. Remembering,
Understanding,
Applying,
Analyzing

Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs

Program Program Specific


Learning Outcomes(PSOs)
Outcomes (PLOs)

B.Com. LL.B. (Hons.)


Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Course

Learning

PLO10

PLO11

PLO12
PLO1

PLO2

PLO3

PLO4

PLO5

PLO6

PLO7

PLO8

PLO9

PSO1

PSO2

PSO3

PSO4
Outcomes

H M M H H M H L
CLO1

H M M H H M H L
CLO2

H M M H H M H L
CLO3

H M M H H M H L
CLO4

H: High M: Medium L: Low

B.Com. LL.B. (Hons.)


Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Professional Ethics
BLA 0003
L T P C
4 1 0 4
Course Learning Objective: (48 Hours)
 To state the development of legal profession in India and the specific law
relating to advocates.
 To develop the understanding the professional ethics and the institution
governing the professional ethics.

 To analyze the the intricacies of the contempt of court act.

UNIT - I (12
Hours)

Historical introduction to legal profession in India ,

Barristers, Vakils, High Court, Pleaders, Advocates, etc.

Constitution and function of Bar Council of India,

Admission and enrollment of Advocate – Senior and other Advocates ,

Common role of Advocates, Qualifications and Disqualifications for enrollment and


procedure thereof, Chapter – III Section 16 to 28,

Rights to Practice: and self representation by litigants,

UNIT - II (12 Hours)

Profession ethics and Advocacy, Standards of Professional Conduct,

Conduct and Etiquette, Conflict between interest and duty,

Duty to court, Duty to Client, Duty to opponent, Duty to Colleagues,

Duty towards Society and obligation to render legal aid,

Disciplinary Committees of State Bar Council and the Bar Council of India

Punishment of advocates for misconduct, Appeals to the Supreme Court

UNIT – III (12


Hours)
B.Com. LL.B. (Hons.)
Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Bench-Bar Relationship ,

Professional and other Misconduct, Principles for determining misconduct,

Rights and Privileges of Advocates,

Preparation of a case and fees of an Advocate, Accountability to the client and


confidentiality,

Study of code of Ethics prepared by the Bar Council of India.

UNIT IV (12
Hours)

Historical development of Contempt of Court Act in India, Object and Constitutional validity
of Contempt of Court Act 1971,

Definition, Kinds of Contempt- Civil and criminal contempt,

Contempt by Judges, Magistrates, Lawyers and other persons,

Cognizance, Procedure, Appellate provisions regarding Contempt,

Punishment for Contempt, Defenses under contempt of court,

Remedies against punishment for Contempt of Court.

ACT

1. Contempt of Court Act, 1971, Eastern Book Company

2. The Advocate Act, 1961, Eastern Book Company

3. Bar Council of India Rules, Eastern Book Company

TEXT BOOKS:

T1. K V KrishnaswamyIyer, Professional Conduct and Advocacy, Allahabad Law


Agency,

T2. JPS Sirohi, Professional Ethics, Lawyer's Accountability, Bench-Bar


Relationship, Allahabad Law Agency

T3. Sandeep Bhalla, Advocates Act & Professional Misconduct, Nasik Law House,

B.Com. LL.B. (Hons.)


Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
T4. JPS Sirohi, Professional Ethics, Lawyer's Accountability, Bench-Bar Relationship,
ALA

T5. Mr. Krishna Murthy Iyer‘s Book on Advocacy

T6. The Bar Council Code of Ethics

REFERENCE BOOKS:

R1 Holland Avrom Shree, Advocacy, 1994 Universal, Delhi

R2. Keith Evam, The Golden Rules of Advocacy, 1994, Universal, Delhi

B.Com. LL.B. (Hons.)


Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Course Learning Outcomes(CLO): On completion of this course, the students will be able
to:

CLO Description Bloom’s


Taxonomy Level

CLO1 1, 3, 4
By the end of this course, the students will be able to tell the
essentials of professional ethics in India and it historical Remembering,
background. Will be able to differentiate between Barristers, Apply,
Vakils, High Court, Pleaders, Advocates,etc. Tell the role by Analyzing
played by Bar Council of in regarding the qualification,
admission, enrollment, disqualification and rights of
Advocate.
CLO2 The students will be able to interpret the provisions of The 1,2, 3, 4
Advocates Act 1961 and be able to elaborate the duties of
Advocate. Students will be able to exhibit the applicability of Remembering,
the provisions with respect to Punishment of advocates for Understanding,
misconduct, Appeals to Applying,
Analyzing,

CLO3 The students will be able to illustrate the Bench-Bar 1,2, 3, 4


Relationship. The students will be able to determine acts
falling under the category of Professional and other Remembering,
Misconduct, Principles for determining misconduct and Understanding,
examine the Rights and Privileges of Advocates and Applying,
Preparation of a case and fees of an Advocate, Accountability Analyzing
to the client and confidentiality along with the Study of code
of Ethics prepared by the Bar Council of India.
CLO4 The students will be able to define and explain and apply the law 1,2, 3, 4
relating to Contempt of Court in India with respect to both Civil as
well as criminal. The students will be able to analyze the Remembering,
Cognizance, Procedure, Appellate provisions regarding Contempt. Understanding,
Determine the remedies and punishment for Contempt of Court. Applying,
Analyzing

Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs

B.Com. LL.B. (Hons.)


Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Program Program Specific
Learning Outcomes(PSOs)
Outcomes (PLOs)
Course

Learning

PLO10

PLO11

PLO12
PLO1

PLO2

PLO3

PLO4

PLO5

PLO6

PLO7

PLO8

PLO9

PSO1

PSO2

PSO3

PSO4
Outcomes

H M M H H M H L
CLO1

H M M H H M H L
CLO2

H M M H H M H L
CLO3

H M M H H M H L
CLO4

H: High M: Medium L: Low

B.Com. LL.B. (Hons.)


Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
IPR Management
BLA 0005

L T P C
4 1 0 4

Course Learning Objective: (48 Hours)


 To explain the introductory and historical background of different kinds of
property.

 To develop the understanding of the legal aspects of Trade Mark.


 To know the legal aspects of geographical indications and copyright.
 To examine the different legal aspects of IPR.

UNIT - I (12 Hours)

 Introductory Aspects: Overview of the concept of property; Industrial property and non-
industrial property; Historical background of IPR;
 The competing rational for protection of right in copyrights, trademarks and patents.
 Introduction to the leading International Conventions – the Paris Union, The World
Intellectual Property Rights Organisation (WIPO) and UNESCO, TRIPS.
 Patents: Introduction and overview of patent protection; History, Definition, Object of
patent-Scope and salient features of patent.

UNIT - II (12 Hours)

 Trade Marks: Introduction and overview of trade mark; Evolution of trademark law
 Object of trade mark; Features of good trade mark; Different forms of trade mark
 Assignment and transmission
 Infringement of trade mark; Passing off; Domain name protection and registration;
Offences and Penaltie

UNIT - III (12 Hours)

 Geographical Indications: Introduction and overview of geographical indications;


Meaning and scope of geographical indications
 Protection of geographical indications
 Design Act,2000---Industrial design—Meaning, importance, application and role.
 Infringement; Remedies against infringement

B.Com. LL.B. (Hons.)


Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
 Indian Copyright Law: Introduction and overview of copyright: History of the concept of
copyright and related rights
 Nature of copyright: Salient features of Copyright Act; Subject matter of copyright;
 Infringement of copyright; Remedies against infringement of copyright

UNIT - IV (12
Hours)
 Commercialisation of Intellectual Property Rights by Licensing
 Determining Financial Value of Intellectual Property Rights.
 Negotiating Payments Terms in Intellectual Property Transaction
 Intellectual Property Rights in the Cyber World

TEXT BOOKS:

T1. Myneni SR, Law relating to intellectual property, Asia Law House
T2. Dr. VidyaKumari Copyright Protection Current Indian and International Perspectives,
Asia Law House
T3. Ravi Shinde, Intellectual Property Rights, Asia Law House
T4. P Narayanan - Intellectual Property Law, Eastern Book Company
T5. Cornish William - Intellectual Property: Patents, Copyrights, Trademarks & Allied
Rights, Sweet & Maxwell
REFERENCE BOOKS:

R1. Ramappa Intellectual Property Law in India, Asia Law House, 2010
R2. Ganguli - Intellectual property rights-Unleashing the knowledge economy, Tate
McGraw-Hill Publishers, Jan 1, 2001 .
R3. Copinger & Skone James on Copyright, Sweet and Maxwell, 16th Edition, 2nd
Supplement, 2013
R4. Pal P - Intellectual Property Rights in India, Vedams eBooks (P) Ltd (New Delhi, India.
R5. V.K.Unni, Trademark and the emerging concept of Cyber Property Rights, Eastern
Book Company, 1st edition, 2002. .
R6. Rodney Ryder - Intellectual Property and the Internet, Lexis Nexis, 2002
R7. Rahul Matthan - The law relating to Computers and the Internet, LexisNexis, New
Delhi, 2000
R8. PavanDuggal - Cyber Law: the Indian Perspective, Saakshar Law Publications, 1st ed.,
2002.
R9. D P Mittal- Law of information Technology, Taxman‘s Publication, 2nd ed., 2000 .

B.Com. LL.B. (Hons.)


Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Course Learning Outcomes(CLO): On completion of this course, the students will be able to:

CLO Description Bloom’s


Taxonomy Level

CLO1 By the end of this course, the students will be able to 1,2,3,4,5,6
explain the introductory aspects of IPR and its
historical background. Demonstrate and develop the Remembering,
understanding of the competing rational for Understanding,
protection of IPR. Will be able to examine and Applying,
discuss the leading International Conventions The Analyzing,
students will be able to define and recall the Evaluate, Create
different aspects of Patent.
CLO2 By the end of this course, the students will be able 1,2,3,4,5,6
to explain the concept of Trade Mark and its
evolution. Will be able to discuss the object, Remembering,
features and different forms of Trade Mark. Will be Understanding,
able to develop the understanding of Assignment Applying
and transmission. The students will be able to Analyzing,
define the Infringement of Trade Mark, passing off, Evaluating,
domain name and compare the provisions relating Creating
to these offences.

CLO3 By the end of this course, the students will be able 1,2,3,4,5,6
to explain the concept of Geographical Indication
and examine its protection. The students will be Remember,
able to define and recall the Design Act, 2000. The Understanding,
students will be able to develop the understanding Apply, Analyzing,
of the Indian Copyright Laws and the concept of Evaluating,
infringement. Creating
CLO4 Students will be able to explain the 1,2,3,4,5,6
commercialization of IPR by Licensing. The students
will be able to develop an understanding of financial Remember,
value of IPR. The students will be able to analyze and Understanding,
interpret the negotiating payment terms in IPR. The Applying,
students will be able to create an understanding of Analyzing,
IPR rights in the cyber world. Evaluating,
Creating

B.A.LL.B. (H) I Year

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs

Program Program Specific


Learning Outcomes(PSOs)
Outcomes (PLOs)
Course

Learning

PLO10

PLO11

PLO12
PLO1

PLO2

PLO3

PLO4

PLO5

PLO6

PLO7

PLO8

PLO9

PSO1

PSO2

PSO3

PSO4
Outcomes

H M M H H M H L
CLO1

H M M H H M H L
CLO2

H M M H H M H L
CLO3

H M M H H M H L
CLO4

H: High M: Medium L: Low

B.A.LL.B. (H) I Year

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Elective V
Right to Information Act, 2005
BLA0101
LT P C
4 1 0 4
Course Learning Objectives: (48 Hours)

 To examine evolution and salient features of the RTI Act..


 To explain the role of Public Information Officers.
 To examine the specific provision exempting certain kinds of information.
 To state the role and responsibilities of Appellate Officers.

Unit-I: Introduction to RTI Act (12


Hours)
 The evolution of the Right to Information in India.
 The important terms and concepts used in the Act.
 The salient features of the Act
 Public Authorities and their Obligations under the Act

Unit-II: Role of Public Information Officers (12


Hours)
 The requirement for designation of Information Officers - PIOs / APIOs - in public
authorities
 The specific Duties & Responsibilities of Information Officers.
 The liabilities of a PIO for non-compliance with the provisions of the Act.
 Acceptance of information requests and assistance to citizens in making information
requests?
 Process for disposal of requests?

Unit-III: Exemptions from Disclosure of Information, Partial Disclosure and”Third Party"


Information (12
Hours)
 Specific provisions of the Act which exempt certain kinds of information – the
classification of such exempted information.
 Application of public interest test with respect to exempted information.
 Grounds that allow for partial disclosure of information.
 The concept of ‗Third Party' and the issues and considerations revolving around its
involvement.

Unit-IV:The roles and responsibilities of Appellate Officers within Public Authorities


(12 Hours)
B.A.LL.B. (H) I Year

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
 The process involved in making first appeals to designated Appellate Officers.
 Timelines for making a first appeal and disposal of the appeal
 First Appeals and Appellate Officers - Important Provisions
 Information Commission: Powers and Functions

TEXT BOOKS:

T1. Information Technology Act, 2000, Universal Publishing Co. Pvt. Ltd. (2009)
T2. Dr. Farooq Ahmed, Cyber Law in India, New Era Law Publisher, 3rd Edition,(2008)
T3. D.P. Mital, Law of Information Tech. (Cyber Law), Taxmann, 2000
T4. J.H. Barowalia : Commentary on the Right to Information Act, Universal Law
Publications

REFERENCE BOOKS
R1. Vakul Sharma, Information Technology : Law & Practice, Universal Law
Publisher, 2nd Edition, (2007)
R2.Nandan Kamath, A Guide to Cyber Laws and IT Act, 2000 with Rules and
Notifications, Universal Law Publisher, 3rd Edition, (2007)

B.A.LL.B. (H) I Year

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Course Learning Outcomes(CLO): On completion of this course, the students will be able to:

CLO Description Bloom’s


Taxonomy Level

CLO1 By the end of this course, the students will be able 1,2,3,4,5,6
to list the the evolution of the Right to Information
in India. Demonstrate the the important terms and Remembering,
concepts used in the Act. Will be able to Understanding,
differentiate and discuss the salient features of the Apply, Analyzing,
Act. The students will be able to compare the Evaluate, Create
applicability of the provisions relating toPublic
Authorities and their Obligations under the Act.
CLO2 By the end of this course, the students will be able 1,2,4,5,6
to list the requirement for designation of
Information Officers - PIOs / APIOs - in public Remember,
authorities and examine the specific Duties & Understanding,
Responsibilities of Information Officers. Will be Analyzing,
able to differentiate and discuss the liabilities of a Evaluate, Create
PIO for non-compliance with the provisions of the
Act..The students will be able to discuss the
provisions relating to Aceptance of information
requests and assistance to citizens in making
information requests and Process for disposal of
requests.
CLO3 By the end of this course, the students will be able 1,2,3,4,5,6
to tell the specific provisions of the Act which
exempt certain kinds of information – the Remember,
classification of such exempted information. The Understanding,
students will be able to illustrate the Application Apply, Analyzing,
of public interest test with respect to exempted Evaluating, Create
information. The students will be able to
determine grounds that allow for partial
disclosure of information and examine The
concept of ‗Third Party' and the issues and
considerations revolving around its involvement.
The students will be able to compare the
applicability of the provisions relating to the
concept of ‗Third Party' and the issues and
considerations revolving around its involvement.

B.A.LL.B. (H) I Year

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
CLO4 Students will be able to list out the process 1,2,3,4,5,6
involved in making first appeals to designated
Appellate Officers. The students will be able to Remember,
explain and apply the timelines for making a first Understanding,
appeal and disposal of the appeal. The students will be Applying,
able to analyze and interpret the First Appeals and Analyzing,
Appellate Officers - Important Provisions. The Create
students will be able to compare the provisions
relating to the Information Commission, their
powers and functions.

Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs

Program Program Specific


Learning Outcomes(PSOs)
Outcomes (PLOs)
Course

Learning PLO10

PLO11

PLO12
PLO1

PLO2

PLO3

PLO4

PLO5

PLO6

PLO7

PLO8

PLO9

PSO1

PSO2

PSO3

PSO4
Outcomes

H M M H H M H L
CLO1

H M M H H M H L
CLO2

H M M H H M H L
CLO3

H M M H H M H L
CLO4

H: High M: Medium L: Low

B.A.LL.B. (H) I Year

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
MEDIA LAW

BLA0102

L T P C
4 1 0 4
Course Learning Objective: (48 hours)

 To state evolution and theories of media and media legislation.


 To understand the constitutional perspective of media freedom.
 To examine the civil and criminal liability of media.
 To analyze the role and ethics of media.

UNIT – I: Basics of Media (12Hours)

Disseminating the facets of Media


Understanding the concept of Media
History of Media Theories and Evolution
Media Legislation - British experience; Media Legislation in U.S.; Media Legislation in Indian
Context

UNIT – II: Constitutional Perspective (12Hours)

Freedom of Expression in Indian Constitution


Interpretation of Media freedom
Issues of Privacy
Right to Information
Case studies on Media and Free expression

UNIT – III: Liability of Media; Civil and Criminal (12Hours)

Media & Criminal Law (Defamation / Obscenity/Sedition)


Media & Tort Law (Defamation & Negligence)
Media & Legislature – Privileges of the Legislature
Media & Judiciary – Contempt of Court
Media & Executive – Official Secrets Act
Media & Journalists – Working Journalists (Conditions of Service) Act & Press Council Act.

UNIT – IV: Media ethics (12 Hours)

Media and Ethics


B.A.LL.B. (H) I Year

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Self-Regulation Vs Legal regulation

Media and Human Rights

Pre-censorship of films

TEXT BOOKS:

T1 Khadpeka Nirmala Rao, Media and Democracy; Icfai University Press, 2012
T2. Thakurta Paranjoy Guha; Media Ethics Truth, Fairness and Objectivity Making and
Breaking News Oxford University Press, 2009
T3. Dr.UmarSama; Law of Electronic Media Deep and Deep Publication, 2007
T4. Sharma Rashmi; Electronic Media Issues and innovations Regal Publication, 2007
T5. Madhavi Gordia Divan; Facets of Media Law, Eastern Book Company, 2006

REFERENCE BOOKS

R1. Rajeev Dhavan, "On the Law of the Press in India" 26 J.I.L.I. 288 (1984).
R2. Rajeev Dhavan, "Legitimating Government Rhetoric: Reflections on Some Aspects of the
Second Press Commission" 26 J.I.L.I. 391 (1984).
R3. M.P Jain, Indian Constitutional Law, LexisNexis, 7th ed. 2014.

B.A.LL.B. (H) I Year

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Course Learning Outcomes(CLO): On completion of this course, the students will be able to:

CLO Description Bloom’s


Taxonomy Level

CLO1 By the end of this course, the students will be able to 1,2,3,4,5
remember and interpret the basics of media law.
The students will be able to identify and explain Remembering,
diversified dimensions of media along with their Understanding,
historical development through different timeline. Analyzing,
Evaluating

CLO2 The students will be able to define and interpret 1,2,3,4,5


constitutional perspective of media legislation. The
students will be able to analyze the freedom available Remembering,
under constitution and evaluate the dimension of Understanding,
media ethics and regulation with law in conflict such as
Applying,
privacy and RTI. The student will able to identify the
Analyzing,
gap between media ethics and media regulation along
Evaluating
with freedom.
CLO3 The students will be able to define and classify the 1, 2, 3, 4,5
liability of media in democratic setup of India. The
students will be able to examine the privileges of Remembering,
legislature in respect of media legislation. The students Understanding,
will be able to determine civil and criminal liability of Applying, Analyzing,
media. The students will be able to identify Evaluating
encroachment by print and electronic media in justice
delivery system and their effect on judicial function of
state.

CLO4 The students will be able to Define human rights, explain 1, 2,3,4,5
and apply the media approach of self regulation. The
students will be able to distinguish between ethics, self Remembering,
regulation and legal regulation. The students will be able to Understanding,
evaluate pre-censorship of films with reference to necessary Applying,
restrictions on freedom of speech and expression.
Analyzing,
Evaluating

B.A.LL.B. (H) I Year

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs

Program Program Specific


Learning Outcomes(PSOs
Outcomes (PLOs) )
Course

Learning

PLO10

PLO11

PLO12
PLO1

PLO2

PLO3

PLO4

PLO5

PLO6

PLO7

PLO8

PLO9

PSO1

PSO2

PSO3

PSO4
Outcomes

CLO1 H H M M L M M H H H L L M M M M

CLO2 M M M H H L L L H H L M M L L L

CLO3 H H H L L M M M L H H H L L H H

CLO4 M M M L L H H L H L M L H L L L

H: High M: Medium L: Low

B.A.LL.B. (H) I Year

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Elective VI
Banking and Insurance Laws
BLA 0201
L T P C
4 1 0 4

Course Learning Objective: (48 Hours)

To understand the general principles of banking and development also familiar with banking
system.
To state the Provision for insurance and their cardinal principles like risk, types of insurance
To recognize the concept and knowledge of law and practice relating to Banking and transfer
of negotiations, liabilities of the parties
To examine the procedure Insurance Regulatory & Development Authority, third party
insurance and various insurance scheme.

UNIT – I (12 Hours)

History of Banking in India.


Bank nationalization and social control over banking.
Various types of Banks and their functions.
Contract between banker and customer: their rights and duties
Role and functions of Banking Institutions

UNIT – II (12
Hours)

Nature of insurance contract, various kinds of insurance, proposal, policy, parties, consideration,
need for utmost good faith, insurable interest, indemnity
Insurance policy, law of contract and law of torts-future of insurance : need, importance and
place of insurance
Definition, nature and history
The risk - commencement, attachment and duration
Assignment and alteration
Settlement of claim and subrogation

UNIT - III (12


Hours)

Negotiable instruments :Meaning and kinds


Transfer and negotiations
Holder and holder in due course
Presentment and payment
B.A.LL.B. (H) I Year

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Liabilities of parties
Bouncing of cheque

UNIT – IV (12 Hours)

Insurance against third party risks (relevant provisions from Motor Vehicles Act, 1988.)
Liability Insurance.
The Insurance Act, 1938 and the Insurance Regulatory & Development Authority Act, (IRDA),
2000.
Miscellaneous Insurance Schemes: New Dimensions (Group Life Insurance, Medi-claim,
Sickness).

TEXT BOOKS:

T1 Tannans Banking Law And Practice In India [1997]Indian Law House, New Delhi
T2 Tannan, M L. Tannan‘s Banking Law and Practice in India, 2008, Wadhwa and Co.
T3 Gupta, S. N., The Banking Law in Theory and Practice (in three volumes), 2006,
Universal Law Publishing Co
T4 Sharma, B.R. and Nainta, R.P., Principles of Banking Law and Negotiable Instruments
Act 2004, Allahabad Law Agency
T5 Murthy, K.S.N., and Sarma, K.V.S., Modern Law of Insurance in India, 2002,
LexisNexis Butterworth
T6 Shah, M. B. Landmark Judgments on Insurance, 2004, Universal Publishing Co.
T7 Mishra, M.N., Law of Insurance Principles and Practice, 2008, Radhakrishan Prakashan

REFERENCE BOOKS:

R1 Rangarajan, C., Handbook of Insurance and Allied Laws. The Universal Book Agency
R2 Birds, John, Modern Insurance Law, 2003, Universal Publishing Co
R3 Basu, A. Review of Current Banking Theory and Practise (1998) Mac millan
R4 K. Subrahmanyan, Banking Reforms ain India (1997) Tata Maigraw Hill, New Delhi

B.A.LL.B. (H) I Year

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Course Learning Outcomes(CLO): On completion of this course, the students will be able to:

CLO Descriptio Bloom’s


n Taxonomy Level

CLO1 By the end of this course, the students will be 1, 2, 4


able to tell the essentials of banking. Interpret
the role and functioning of bank and its governance of Remembering,
Insurance and banking sector and analyze power of Understanding,
banking company . Analyzing

CLO2 The students will be able to review the concept 2, 4, 5


of Insurance and its cardinal principles . Student
will evaluate the effect of claim under the Understanding,
insurance and others concepts Analyzing,
Evaluating

CLO3 The students will be able to summaries the 2, 3, 4


different modes negotiable instruments and non
negotiable instruments.. The students will be Understanding,
able to use the presentment. Bouncing of cheque Applying,
and its punishment. Analyzing

CLO4 The students will be able to tell the forum and the 1,2,3
cases under which remedy for insurance .The role of
IRDA and other legislative measures. Rememberin
g,
Understandin
g, Applying

B.A.LL.B. (H) I Year

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs

Program Program Specific


Learning Outcomes(PSOs
Outcomes (PLOs) )
Course

Learning

PLO10

PLO11

PLO12
PLO1

PLO2

PLO3

PLO4

PLO5

PLO6

PLO7

PLO8

PLO9

PSO1

PSO2

PSO3

PSO4
Outcomes

H H H L H M M M
CLO1
H H L M

L H H H L H M M M
CLO2
M

H H H M L H L H M M M
CLO3

H H H L H M M M
CLO4
M

H: High M: Medium L: Low

B.A.LL.B. (H) I Year

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Election Law
BLA 0202

L T P C
4 1 0 4

Course Learning Objective: (48 Hours)

To state meaning, process and constitutional mandate of election.


To understand details of election commision.
To examine grounds of qualification and disqualification of a candidate.
To discuss different kinds of corrupt practices involved in election and its remedies.
UNIT - I (12 Hours)
Election in India and Presidential and Vice-presidential Elections
 Government and Politics in India; Issues in Indian democracy
 Election: Meaning and Process
 Presidential and Vice-presidential Elections Act, 1951: Elections to the Offices of the
President and Vice President; Qualifications and disqualifications of a candidate; Electoral
disputes

UNIT - II (12 Hours)


Election Commission
 Composition, Functions and Powers
 Delimitation of Constituencies,
 Preparation and Revision of Electoral Rolls

UNIT - III (12 Hours)


Election to the Parliament
 Qualification and Disqualification of Candidates of Parliamentary Elections
 Nomination and Candidature; Disqualifications of Sitting Members
 Voters Right to Information vis-à-vis Election
 Anti Defection Law (Tenth Schedule to the Constitution of India)

UNIT - IV (12 Hours)


Election Disputes and Issues
 Jurisdiction
 Registration of Political Parties
 Allotment of Symbols
 Criminalisation of Politics
 Election Expenditure
B.A.LL.B. (H) I Year

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
 Electoral Offences
 Exit Polls and Opinion Polls

Acts
1. The Representation of the People Act, 1950, Eastern Book Company
2. The Representation of the People Act, 1951, Eastern Book Company
3. The Presidential and Vice-Presidential Election Act, 1951, Eastern Book Company

TEXT BOOKS:

T1. Dev Inder, Manual of Election Law in India, Universal Book Traders.
T2. P.C. Jain, Chawla's Election Law, -New Delhi: Icon Publications Pvt. Ltd.
T3 O.P. Tewari, Law of Election, Allahabad Law Agency Publication

REFERENCE BOOK

R1. R.N.Choudhary, Election Laws and Practices, Orient Publishing Company

B.A.LL.B. (H) I Year

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
Course Learning Outcomes(CLO): On completion of this course, the students will
be able to:
CLO Description Bloom’s
Taxonomy
Level

CLO1 By the end of this course, the students will be able to tell 1, 2, 3, 4, 5
the meaning and process of election. Demonstrate the
issues of democracy Evaluate the process of election of Remembering,
President and Vice- President and review the electoral Understanding,
disputes. Apply, Analyzing,
Evaluating
CLO2 The students will be able to interpret and tell the 1, 2, 3, 4, 5
composition of the election commission. Elaborate the
delimitation of constituencies Remembering,
Students will be able to exhibit and evaluate the Understanding,
preparation and Revision of Electoral Rolls Apply,
Analyzing,
Evaluating

CLO3 The students will be able to tell Qualification and 1, 2, 3, 4, 5


Disqualification of Candidates of Parliamentary Elections.
The students will be able to determine process of Remembering,
Nomination and Candidature, examine Disqualifications Understanding,
of Sitting Members and evaluate the Voters Right to Apply,
Information vis-à-vis Election and the Anti Defection Law Analyzing,
Evaluating
CLO4 The students will be able to explain and apply the process of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5
Registration of Political Parties The students will be able to
analyze the Jurisdiction and Allotment of Symbols. Evaluate the Remembering,
Criminalisation of Politics, Election Expenditure and Electoral
Offences and examine Exit Polls and Opinion Polls Understanding,
Apply,
Analyzing,
Evaluating

Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs


Program Learning Program Specific
Outcomes (PLOs) Outcomes(PSOs

B.A.LL.B. (H) I Year

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________
)

Course

Learning

PLO10

PLO11

PLO12
PLO1

PLO2

PLO3

PLO4

PLO5

PLO6

PLO7

PLO8

PLO9

PSO1

PSO2

PSO3

PSO4
Outcomes

H H H H H M M
CLO1
M M

CLO2 H H H H M M
M M

CLO3 H H H H M M
M M

H H L H H M M
CLO4
M M

H: High M: Medium L: Low

B.A.LL.B. (H) I Year

Date:________________________

Signature of the Dean Signature of the Director Signature of the VC Volume No.: ________________

You might also like